Thermo Scienti c ThermoFlexTM Recirculating Chillers (Deluxe Controller) Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00939 Rev. 03/29/2021
Multilingual Quick Start Guides Multilingual Essential Safety Instructions Installation Operation Preventive Maintenance Troubleshooting
Visit our Web site at: http://www.thermo sher.com/tc Product Service Information, Applications Notes, SDS Forms, e-mail.
Voice Info: (800) 258-0830
Thermo Scienti c ThermoFlexTM Recirculating Chillers (Deluxe Controller) Thermo Scientific Manual P/N U00939 Rev. 0 /2 /202
a el Multilingual Quick Start Guides Multilingual Essential Safety Instructions Installation Operation Preventive Maintenance
a el 2 Troubleshooting
Visit our Web site at: http://www.thermo sher.com/tc Product Service Information, Applications Notes, SDS Forms, e-mail.
Voice Info: (800) 258-0830 Thermo Fisher Scientific Sales, Service, and Customer Support
25 Nimble Hill Road 25 Nimble Hill Road Newington, NH 03801 Newington, NH 03801 Tel : (800) 258-0830 or Tel: (800) 258-0830 (603) 436-9444 Sales: 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Fax : (603) 436-8411 Service and Support: 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday www.thermofisher.com/tc through Friday (Eastern Time) Fax: (603) 436-8411 service.tc.us@thermofisher.com
Dieselstrasse 4 D-76227 Karlsruhe, Germany Tel : +49 (0) 721 4094 444 Fax : +49 (0) 721 4094 300 info.tc.de@thermofisher.com
Building 6, No. 27 Xin Jinqiao Rd., Shanghai 201206 Tel : +86(21) 68654588 Fax : +86(21) 64457830 info.china@thermofisher.com
Statement of Copyright
Copyright © 2021 Thermo Fisher Scientific. All rights reserved. is manual is copyrighted by ermo Fisher Scientific. Users are forbidden to reproduce, republish, redistribute, or resell any materials from this manual in either machine-readable form or any other form. Contents
Quick Start Preface ...... i Compliance ...... i WEEE ...... i After-Sale Support ...... ii Feedback ...... ii Warranty ...... ii Unpacking ...... ii Section 1 Safety ...... 1-1 Warnings ...... 1-1 Section 2 General Information ...... 2-1 Description ...... 2-1 ...... 2-1 Section 3 Installation ...... 3-1 Site Requirements ...... 3-1 Electrical Requirements ...... 3-3 Hard Wire Installation ...... 3-11 Plumbing Requirements ...... 3-12 Process Fluid Requirements ...... 3-14 Compatibility with Approved Fluids ...... 3-15 Additional Fluid Information ...... 3-17 Process Water Quality - Standards and Recommendations ...... 3-17 Facility Water Requirements - Standards and Recommendations ...... 3-18 Facility Water Requirements (water-cooled chillers) ...... 3-19 Fluid Filter Bag ...... 3-22 Priming ...... 3-22 Initial Filling Requirements ...... 3-23 Fluid Top Off ...... 3-24 Section 4 Operation ...... 4-1 Deluxe Controller ...... 4-1 Setup ...... 4-2 Initial Start Up ...... 4-2 Daily Start Up ...... 4-3 Process Fluid Temperature Display ...... 4-4 SETPOINT ...... 4-5 Status Display ...... 4-6 MENU Display ...... 4-7 Main Menu Tree ...... 4-8 Shut Down ...... 4-21
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex Contents
Section 5 Additional Options/Accessories ...... 5-1 ...... 5-1 Internal DI Cartridge ...... 5-2 ...... 5-3 ...... 5-4 Flow Control with Flow Readout ...... 5-5 P1 P2 T1 Pump Pressure Relief with Flow Readout ...... 5-5 T5 Pump Flow Control ...... 5-6 Anti Drainback ...... 5-6 SEMI ...... 5-6 Other Accessories ...... 5-10 Section 6 Preventive Maintenance...... 6-1 Preventive Maintenance Timer ...... 6-1 DIAGNOSTIC ...... 6-2 Fluid Bag Filter ...... 6-3 Fluid Diffuser ...... 6-3 Fluid Maintenance ...... 6-4 Reservoir Cleaning ...... 6-4 Condenser Filter ...... 6-5 Chiller Surface ...... 6-6 Hoses ...... 6-6 Testing the Alarm Features ...... 6-7 DI Filter (Optional) ...... 6-7 Preventive Maintenance Messages ...... 6-8 Section 7 Troubleshooting ...... 7-1 Messages ...... 7-1 Faults and Warnings ...... 7-1 Safety Alarm ...... 7-9 Error ...... 7-10 MESSAGES...... 7-11 Checklist ...... 7-12 TUNING ...... 7-14 Section 8 Additional Information ...... 8-1 Draining ...... 8-1 CALIBRATION ...... 8-3 Wetted Materials ...... 8-4 Decommissioning/Disposal ...... 8-5 Shipment/Storage ...... 8-5 Appendix A 3 Appendix B Appendix C Serial Communications Appendix D Analog I/O and Remote Sensor Declaration of Conformity WARRANTY ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific . . .
1 - f f f f f f f f f f f • • • • • f 1 2 3 4 -
. process fluid 15 . Pressure Differential must f 5 . . Fluid Bag Filter 5 Funnel Housing 7 Slowly f f fluid in the reservoir or without the fluid filter bag . f f f . QUICK START Temperature Units C . High Fault 42C High Warn 42C Setpoint 20C
esc + enter -
(Flow display is optional.) f 2 f
(The delay sets the length of time needed after a pressure fault before the chiller shuts down.) 1 - f - (On is the % of uid level in the reservoir needed to turn re ll on. Time Out is the maximum time the option will operate. Setting the time to 0 disables the option.) f f (Chillers with a P 3 - P 5 pump and the capability to run on either 50 Hz or 60 Hz only. The selected . frequency automatically adjusts the rmware’s xed high pressure default setting.) - . (Auto allows the fan to run under the conditions listed in the manual, see Section 3. On allows the fan to run at high speed all the time.) f (See manual for additional information.) (See manual for additional f information.) (See manual for additional information.) f f f f f 1 3 1 1 2 3 1 5 1 5 3 f 5 2 1 5 1 5 4 - 1 3 4 5 4 1 58 - 1 58 3 1 5 1 5 3 2.3 - 1 5. 87 - 1 87 f 2 4. 87 - 1 87 1 1 2 . 1 .5 . . 5 . 15. . . - 1 3 4 5 . 3 . . . 1 52 - 1 52 . 33.5 . . 2.3 3 - 1 3 5. 81 - 1 81 4. 81 - 1 81 . . . 1 - f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f f 1 2 3 4 f f f . 15 . e diff rentiel ma imal de f . 5 . f
5 f 7 l 8 f r servoir et ou sans avoir install le filtre sac f f f f f f . f f .
f (L’a chage du débit est en option.) f f 2 f f f f f f f (Le délai est dé ni par le temps nécessaire avant l’arrêt du refroidisseur suite à une défaillance de pression.) f 1 f f f f f - f - (On correspond au pourcentage de niveau de liquide dans le réservoir nécessaire pour lancer le remplissage. Le délai d’expiration est la durée route rapide effectu e maximale pendant laquelle l’option va f fonctionner. Paramétrer la durée sur 0 désactive l’option.) f f f f f f f (Refroidisseurs équipés d’une f pompe P3 à P5 et ayant la capacité de fonctionner à 50 Hz ou à 60 Hz tiliser la fl che bas pour aire d filer uniquement. La fréquence sélectionnée . ajuste automatiquement le réglage il est n cessaire de modifier l un des de haute pression par défaut xe du microprogramme.) . f f (Auto permet au ventilateur de fonctionner dans les conditions énumérées dans le manuel, voir la section 3. On permet au ventilateur de fonctionner tout le temps à vitesse élevée.) f f f (Consulter le manuel pour toute f information complémentaire.) (Consulter le manuel pour toute information complémentaire.)
(Consulter le manuel pour toute information complémentaire.) f f f f f f 1 3 hauffage Plage d avertissement aleur par d aut 1 1 2 3 1 5 1 5 3 - 1 5 2 1 5 1 5 4 1 58 - 1 58 2 3 58 - 1 58 3 4 5 4 5 87 - 1 87 f 3 1 5 1 5 3 4 87 - 1 87 2 hauffage Plage de d aillance aleur par d aut - 1 f 1 52 - 1 52 1 1 2 1 5 2 3 52 3 - 1 52 3 5 81 - 1 81 f 5 15 4 81 - 1 81 3 4 5 3 33 5 . . . 1 f f f f f f f f f f f f f f • f • f • f • f • f f f f
1 f f 2 3 4 f f f f f f - - f f - . - fl ssig eitsleitungen 1 35 . - - Die ma imale Druc differen f f 3 4 - f . - - . f
5 7 l 8 f f f f f . . f f (Die Flussanzeige ist optional.) 2
. (Die Verzögerung bestimmt den Zeitraum, nach dessen Ablauf der . Kühler ausgeschaltet wird, wenn ein fehlerhafter Druck vorliegt.) - - ff („On“ [Ein] bezeichnet den Prozentsatz des Füllstands im Behälter, bei dem die Nachfüllung eingeschaltet wird. „Time Out“ [Zeitüberschreitung] bezeichnet den maximalen Zeitraum, über den diese Option aktiv sein soll. Wird dieser Zeitraum auf 0 gesetzt, so wird die Option deaktiviert.) (Kühler mit P 3- bis P 5-Pumpe und Möglichkeit zum Betrieb mit 50 Hz oder 60 Hz. Über die gewählte Frequenz wird die festgelegte Überdruck- Standardeinstellung der Firmware automatisch justiert.) . . (Ermöglicht den automatischen Betrieb f des Lüfters gemäß den im Handbuch aufgeführten Bedingungen; siehe Abschnitt 3. Bei „On“ [Ein] läuft der Lüfter durchgängig mit der höchsten Drehzahl.) (Weitere Informationen siehe Handbuch.) (Weitere Informationen siehe Handbuch.) f (Weitere Informationen siehe Handbuch.) 1 - - 3 - 1- 1- 2- 3 1 5 1 5 3 1 5 2 1 5 1 5 4 1 58 1 58 3- 4- 5- : 4 2 3 1 : 3 1 5 1 5 3 5 87 1 87 4 87 1 87 2 - - - 1- 1- 2- 1 5 1 5 15 1 52 1 52 3- 4- 5- 3 2 3 3 1 3 33 5 5 81 1 81 4 81 1 81 copo di uesta guida rapida acilitare la messa in un ione ini iale Per tutte le altre procedure necessario are ri erimento al manuale e alcuni dei passaggi ui riportati non risultano chiari scaricare il manuale prima di proseguire abella i uidi approvati f e rigeratori a temperature standard f
• f • f • • •
1 2 3 4 f f olo per il raffreddamento ad ac ua a pressione di ingresso on a ionare il re rigeratore con un cavo di le tuba ioni dei massima dell ac ua alimenta ione danneggiato li uidi di processo dell impianto non deve - all alimenta ione superare i P d ac ua dell impianto l differen iale di pressione f o a ualsiasi altra massimo dell ac ua sorgente di li uido dell impianto non deve pressuri ato superare i P D 5 on a ionare il re rigeratore sen a li uido di 7 l 8 processo nel serbatoio f onsultare il retro per ulteriori procedure a prote ione di circuito non progettata per agire come strumento di scollegamento
(La visualizzazione del usso è opzio- nale.) f etpoint 2 f f f f f f ine re uenc (Il ritardo imposta il tempo ammesso dopo un guasto di pressione prima che il refrigeratore venga spento.) udible larms ff - f f f f - (On è la % di livello del liquido mm dd hh mm ss nel serbatoio necessaria per attivare uic tart Done il rabbocco. Time Out è il tempo f massimo di esecuzione dell'opzione. Impostando il tempo su 0 l'opzione viene disabilitata.) f f f f f f (refrigeratori con una pompa P 3 - P 5 e capacità di funzionamento solo a 50 Hz o 60 Hz. La frequenza selezionata rego- tili are la reccia gi per scorrere ed la automaticamente l'impostazione eviden iare ciascuna riga Per modi- prede nita dell'alta pressione ssa del ficare un imposta ione predefinita rmware.) eviden iare la riga interessata e premere il pulsan- . f (Auto consente il funzionamento della ventola nelle condizioni indicate nel manuale, vedere la sezione 3. On consente il funzionamento della ventola sempre ad alta velocità.) f f f (Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere il f manuale.) f (Per ulteriori informazioni, vedere il f manuale.) (Per ulteriori informa- zioni, vedere il manuale.) f f f f f 1 ntervallo guasto mp predefinita mp predefinita 3 ma min iscaldatore ntervallo di avviso mp predefinita 1 1 2 3 1 5 1 5 3 - 1 5 2 1 5 1 5 4 Pompe P P P edere il manuale edere il manuale P o o : 3 1 5 1 5 3 abella ntervallo mp predefinita mp predefinita f ma min iscaldatore ntervallo guasto mp predefinita 1 1 2 1 5 - 1 5 15 f 3 4 5 3 o o : 33 5 . . . 1 f f f f f f f f f f • • f • • f • f f f f f f f f f 1 f 2 3 4 f f f . . f f 15 . . f 5 . f f 5 7 8 f f filtro instalada f . . . . (La visualización del ujo es opcional).
f 2 (el tiempo de retardo es el periodo de tiempo que debe transcurrir para que el enfriador se apague tras un error de presión). ff - - (ON [Activado] es el % de nivel de líquido que se necesita en el depósito para activar la recarga. Time Out (Tiempo de espera) es el tiempo máximo durante el cual funcionará la opción. Al establecer el tiempo en 0, se - desactivará la opción). (solo enfriadores con una bomba P 3 - P 5 y la capacidad de f funcionar a 50 Hz o 60 Hz. La frecuencia seleccionada ajusta automáticamente la con guración predeterminada de presión alta ja del rmware). f f tilice la flecha aba o para despla arse . - (La opción Auto [Automático] permite que el ventilador funcione con las condiciones enumeradas en el manual; consulte la sección 3. La opción ON [Activado] permite que el resalte la l nea ue desea modificar pul- . ventilador funcione a alta velocidad todo el tiempo). f (para obtener información adicional, consulte el manual). (para obtener información adicional, consul- te el manual). (para obtener infor- mación adicional, consulte el manual). f f f 1 . . 3 f 1 1 2 3 1 5 1 5 3 1 5 2 1 5 1 5 4 1 58 1 58 3 4 5 4 2 3 58 1 58 5 87 1 87 : 3 1 5 1 5 3 4 87 1 87 2 . . 1 1 52 1 52 f 1 1 2 1 5 2 3 52 3 1 52 3 5 15 3 4 5 3 5 81 1 81 f 33 5 4 81 1 81 Preface
Compliance Third Party:
European Union ( EU )
WEEE 9
www.thermofisher.com/WEEERoHS
After-sale Support
Thermo Scienti c ThermoFlex i Preface
Feedback [email protected]
Warranty excluding MD 1/MD 2 Magnetic Drive and P 1/P 2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months
Unpacking
3
Out of Box Failure 3
ii ThermoFlex Thermo Scienti c Section 1 Safety Make sure you read and understand all instructions and safety precautions Safety Warnings listed in this manual before installing or operating your chiller. If you have any questions concerning the operation or the information in this manual, please contact us. See inside cover for contact information.
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not DANGER avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not WARNING avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not CAUTION avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. It is also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
intended to alert the user to the presence of non-insulated "dangerous enough to constitute a risk of electrical shock.
This label indicates read the manual.
Performance of installation, operation, or maintenance procedures other than those described in this manual may result in a hazardous situation and may void the manufacturer's warranty and safety compliance.
Observe and never remove warning labels.
Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, or corrosive materials are present.
The chiller's construction provides protection against the risk of electrical shock by grounding appropriate metal parts. The protection will not function unless the power cord is connected to a properly grounded outlet. It is the user's responsibility to assure a proper ground connection is provided.
Never operate equipment with damaged power cords.
The circuit protector located on the rear is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 1-1 Section 1
Never operate the chiller with panels removed.
ever operate the chiller without process uid in the reservoir.
ever connect the process uid inlet or outlet fittings to our building water supply or any water pressure source.
Before using an uid or performing maintenance where contact with the uid is li el refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling precautions.
To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 through ThermoFlex24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/ water or 50/50 PG/water below 10°C process temperature.
When using a process uid mixture of eth lene gl col and water or prop lene gl col and water chec the uid concentration and pH on a regular asis. hanges in concentration and pH can impact s stem performance. See Section .
Do not use automotive antifreeze. Commercial antifreeze contains silicates that can damage the pump seals. Use of automotive antifree e will void the manufacturer s warrant .
Many refrigerants which may be undetectable by human senses are heavier than air and will replace the oxygen in an enclosed area causing loss of consciousness. Contact with leaking refrigerant will cause skin burns. Refer to the chiller's nameplate for the type of refrigerant used and then the refrigerant s SDS for additional information.
Drain the chiller before it is transported and/or stored, see Draining in Section . Store the chiller in the temperature range 2 to with pac aging and relative humidit .
Always turn off the chiller and disconnect the power cord from the power source before performing any service or maintenance procedures, or before moving.
ransport the chiller with care. Sudden olts or drops can damage its components.
Never operate damaged or leaking equipment.
Refer service and repairs to a ualified technician.
1-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific ZH 安全 很多人类感官无法察觉的制冷剂可能要比空气重，在封闭区域中将取代氧气，从而导致 人失去意识。接触泄漏的制冷剂将会导致皮肤灼伤。请参阅冷却器的铭牌了解其所用的 安全警告 制冷剂类型，并通过查阅制冷剂 SDS 了解更多信息。 安装或操作冷却器前，请确保阅读和理解本手册中所列的所有说明和安全预防措施。 在运输和 或存放冷却器之前，请先对其进行排空，请参见第 节中的 排放 。冷却 如果对本手册中的操作或信息存在疑问，请联系我们。有关联系信息，请见内封面。 / 8 “ ” 器应存放在温度为 -25°C 至 60°C（带包装），相对湿度 <80% 的环境。 危险 “危险”表示如不加避免，将导致死亡或重伤的紧急危险情况。 执行维修或维护程序或进行移动之前，请务必关闭冷却器，并将电源线与电源断开。 警告 运输冷却器时，请务必小心。突然的摇晃或掉落可能会损坏其组件。 “警告”表示如不加避免，可能导致死亡或重伤的潜在危险情况。 小心 请勿操作损坏或泄漏的设备。 “ 小心 ” 表示如不加避免，可能导致轻伤或中度损伤的潜在危险情况。 请由获得相应资质的技术人员执行维修。 其还用于对不安全的做法发出警报。
等边三角形中带箭头的闪电符号用于警告用户冷却器外壳中存在非绝缘“危险 电压”。电压幅度足以产生触电风险。
该标签表示需要阅读手册。
不遵循本手册所述的安装、操作或维护程序可能会导致危险情况，并使制造商的保修和 安全合规性失效。 请遵循警告标签，切勿将其取下。 请勿将冷却器放在过热、过湿或存在腐蚀性材料的场所。 冷却器结构通过对相应的金属部件进行接地来避免触电风险。如果电源线未连接到正确 接地的插座，将无法发挥保护作用。用户应负责提供正确的接地连接。 请勿操作电源线损坏的设备。
对于 ThermoFlex900-10000 冷却器，位于后部的电路保护器不用于断开连接。 请勿在取下面板的情况下操作冷却器。 请勿在储液罐中没有处理液的情况下操作冷却器。 请勿将处理液入口或出口接头连接到建筑物供水或水压源。
在使用任何液体或执行任何可能需要接触液体的维护之前，请参阅制造商的 SDS 了解处 理时的注意事项。
为避免板式换热器冻结/太过光滑，ThermoFlex7500 至 ThermoFlex24000 冷却器需要在 处理温度低于 10°C 时使用 50/50 EG/水或 50/50 PG/水。
使用乙二醇与水或丙二醇与水的混合处理液时，请定期检查液体浓度和 pH 值。浓度和 pH 值的变化可能会影响系统性能。请参见第 3 节。 请勿使用汽车防冻液。市售防冻液含有可能会损坏泵密封件的硅酸盐。使用汽车防冻液 将导致制造商保修失效。 Transportieren Sie das Gerät mit Sorgfalt. Plötzliche Stöße oder das Herabfallen können seine Komponenten DE Grundlegende Sicherheitsanweisungen Umwälzkühler beschädigen. Schalten Sie vor dem Verschieben das Gerät immer ab und trennen Sie es von der Versorgungsspannung. Falls Sie eine dieser Anweisungen nicht verstehen, lesen Sie das Handbuch oder kontaktieren Betreiben Sie niemals beschädigte oder undichte Geräte. Sie uns bevor Sie fortfahren. Verwenden Sie niemals entzündbare oder korrosive Flüssigkeiten. Benutzen Sie nur zugelassene Sicherheit, alle Produkte: DANGER Flüssigkeiten, die in diesem Handbuch aufgelistet sind. Entnehmen Sie vor der Verwendung einer weist auf eine unmittelbar gefährliche Situation hin, die, falls sie nicht vermieden zugelassenen Flüssigkeit oder vor Wartungsarbeiten, bei denen der Kontakt mit der Flüssigkeit wird, zum Tod oder schweren Verletzungen führt. wahrscheinlich ist, zusätzliche Informationen dem neuesten US Sicherheitsdatenblatt (SDS) oder dem EU Sicherheitsdatenblatt. WARNING weist auf eine potenziell gefährliche Situation hin, die zu ernsthaften Schalten Sie vor dem Verschieben das Gerät immer ab und trennen Sie es von der Versorgungsspannung. Verletzungen oder zum Tod führen kann, wenn sie nicht vermieden wird. Lassen Sie die Instandhaltung und Reparaturen von einem qualifizierten Techniker durchführen. Lagern Sie das Gerät bei Temperaturen von -25°C bis 60°C (mit Packung), und bei einer relativen CAUTION weist auf eine potenziell gefährliche Situation hin, die, falls sie nicht vermieden Feuchtigkeit < 80%. wird, zu leichteren bis mittelschweren Verletzungen führen kann. Es kann auch verwendet werden, um gegen unsichere Praktiken zu warnen. Die Außerbetriebnahme darf nur von einem Fachhändler unter Verwendung zertifizierter Ausrüstung durchgeführt werden. Alle einschlägigen Vorschriften müssen befolgt werden.
ist dafür vorgesehen, den Benutzer vor dem Bestehen einer nicht isolierten "gefährlichen Die Ausführung von Installations-, Betriebs- oder Wartungsprozeduren, außer den im Handbuch Spannung" im Gehäuse des Kühlers zu warnen. Die Höhe der Spannung ist bedeutend genug, sodass beschriebenen, kann zu einer gefährlichen Situation führen und macht die Herstellergarantie ungültig. ein Stromschlag-Risiko besteht. Legen Sie niemals Netzspannung an einen der Kommunikationsanschlüsse am Kühler an. Werden der Kühler und die Prozessflüssigkeitsleitungen nicht komplett aufgefüllt, könnte dies die Pumpe des weist auf das Vorhandensein heißer Oberflächen hin. Kühlers beschädigen. Vermeiden Sie eine Überfüllung, Flüssigkeiten dehnen sich bei Erwärmung aus. Stellen Sie beim ThermoFlex vor dem Austausch des Behältergehäuses sicher, dass die Sichtrohr- weist darauf hin, das Handbuch zu lesen. Kugelabsperrung sicher in Stellung ist. Betreiben Sie beim ThermoFlex900-5000 den Kühler nicht, wenn der Behälterflüssigkeitsdiffusor nicht Benutzen Sie das Gerät keinesfalls als steriles oder an Patienten angeschlossenes Gerät. Außerdem installiert ist. ist das Gerät nicht für den Gebrauch an Orten mit Gefahrenklasse I, II oder III, wie in den nationalen Falls Ihr Kühler mit einer Druckpumpe (P1 oder P2) ausgestattet ist, stellen Sie sicher, dass die Vorgaben für elektrische Geräte definiert, ausgelegt. Rohranschlussleitungen und Armaturen Ihrer Anwendung so ausgelegt sind, dass sie eine Mindestlast von Das Gerät ist nur für den Gebrauch in Innenräumen ausgelegt. Stelle Sie es niemals an einen Ort 185 psi aushalten. wo übermäßige Temperaturen, Feuchtigkeit, unzureichende Belüftung oder korrosive Materialen Kein Frostschutzmittel für Autos verwenden. Handelsübliche Frostschutzmittel enthalten Silikate, welche die vorhanden sind. Lesen Sie im Benutzerhandbuch über die Betriebsparameter. Pumpendichtungen beschädigen. Schließen Sie das Gerät an eine vorschriftsmäßig geerdete Steckdose an. Um das Enfrieren/die Verglasung des Platten-Wärmetauschers zu verhindern, müssen Die verwendeten Kühlmittel sind schwerer als Luft und werden im Fall einer Leckage den ThermoFlex7500-24000 Kühler mit 50/50 EG/Wasser oder 50/50 PG/Wasser bei einer Prozesstemperatur Sauerstoff ersetzen, was zu Bewusstlosigkeit führt. Kontakt mit auslaufendem Kühlmittel führt zu unter 10°C betrieben werden. Hautverbrennungen. Den Typ des verwendeten Kühlmittels entnehmen Sie dem Namensschild Prüfen Sie beim Gebrauch einer Prozessflüssigkeitsmischung aus EG/Wasser oder PG/Wasser, regelmäßig des Zirkulators und zusätzliche Informationen dem neuesten US Sicherheitsdatenblatt (SDS) des die Konzentration und den pH-Wert der Flüssigkeit. Änderungen der Konzetration un des pH-Wertes Herstellers, vormals MSDS, und dem EU Sicherheitsdatenblatt. können die Leistung des Systems beeinträchtigen.Verwenden Sie keine Entionisierungsfilterpatrone (DI) mit inhibiertem EG oder inhibiertem PG. Ein DI-Filter entfernt die Inhibitoren aus der Lösung, wodurch die Verwendungszweck, Umwälzungskühler: Flüssigkeit wirklos gegen Korrosionsschutz wird. Inhibitoren können auch die Leitfähigkeit der Flüssigkeit Umwälzungskühler von Thermo Scientific sind so konstruiert, dass sie einen kontinuierlichen Zulauf der erhöhen. Flüssigkeit bei konstanter Temperatur und Durchflussrate ermöglicht. Der Kühler besteht aus einem Sie sind schädlichen wenn man sie einatmet, schluckt oder durch die Haut absorbiert. Lesen Sie das luft- und wassergekühlten Kühlsystem, Wärmetauscher, Umwälzpumpe, Prozessflüssigkeitsnehälter und neueste SDS des Herstellers. einem Mikroprozessor-Steuergerät. Um Schäden am Platten-Wärmetauscher des Kühlers zu vermeiden, müssen Kreiselpumpen mit einer Die Kühler sind für den Dauerbetrieb und den Innengebrauch unter Einhaltung aller in diesem Handbuch Mindestdurchflussrate 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) betrieben werden.Wird der Kondensatorfilter nicht gereinigt/ angegebenen Prozeduren und Anforderungen konstruiert. ersetzt, führt das zu einem Verlust der Kühlleistung und zu einem vorzeitigen Kühlsystemausfall.
Entfernen Sie zur gründlichen Reinigung die Frontgitter-Baugruppe.Bei luftgekühlten Kühler sind die Installation, Umwälzungskühler: Umrahmung und Rippen des Kondensators, die sich hinter der Frontgitter-Baugruppe befinden, sehr Platzieren Sie den Kühler so, dass er in der Nähe seiner Trennvorrichtung ist, und leichten Zugang zu scharfkantig. diesem hat. Außer im Fall der luftgekühlten Gitter-Baugruppe, darf der Kühler keinesfalls mit einer entfernten Der Kühler ist für den Gebrauch an einer speziellen Steckdose vorgesehen. Seitenwand betrieben werden. Stellen Sie sicher, dass alle Rohrleitungstransportstecker vor der Installation entfernt werden. ThermoFlex900-5000 wassergekühlte Kühler haben einen Ventilator mit scharfen Kanten, stellen Sie deshalb sicher, dass der Kühler abgeschaltet ist, bevor Sie das Frontgitter abnehmen. Die Anschlüsse für Prozessflüssigkeit befinden sich auf der Rückseite des Kühlers und sind mit (PROCESS OUTLET (PROZESSAUSLASS)) und (PROCESS INLET (PROZESSEINLASS)) gekennzeichnet. Schließen Sie an den Flüssigkeitseinlass Ihrer Anwendung an. Schließen Sie an den Flüssigkeitsauslass Ihrer Anwendung an. Schließen Sie bei wassergekühlten Kühlern den (FACILITY INLET (ANLAGENEINLASS)) an Ihre Leitungswasserversorgung. Schließen Sie den (FACILITY OUTLET (ANLAGENAUSLASS)) an Ihren Leitungswasserrücklauf oder -Abfluss. Bevor Sie den Kühler starten, führen Sie eine Doppelkontrolle aller Kommunikations-, elektrischen und Rohranschlüssen. Consignes de sécurité du fabricant ainsi que la fiche de donn es de s curit europ enne pour obtenir des informations FR complémentaires. Refroidisseurs à recirculation D placez l quipement avec pr caution. Les secousses ou les chutes peuvent endommager les Si vous ne comprenez pas l'une de ces instructions, reportez-vous au manuel ou contactez-nous composants. Éteignez l'équipement et débranchez la tension d'alimentation de sa source avant de le avant d'effectuer une opération. déplacer. Sécurité, tous les produits : Ne faites jamais fonctionner un équipement endommagé ou qui fuit. DANGER indique une situation de danger imminent qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, peut entraîner utilisez amais des liquides inflammables ou corrorifs. Utilisez uniquement les liquides approuv s cit s une blessure grave ou mortelle. dans le manuel. Avant d'utiliser un liquide ou de procéder à une opération de maintenance pouvant comporter un contact avec le liquide, reportez-vous aux fiches de donn es de s curit du fabricant et de WARNING indique une situation de danger potentiel qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, pourrait l Union europ enne pour obtenir des informations compl mentaires. entraîner une blessure grave ou mortelle. Éteignez l'équipement et débranchez-le de sa tension d'alimentation avant de le déplacer. onfiez les entretiens et r parations un technicien qualifi . CAUTION indique une situation de danger potentiel qui, si elle n'est pas évitée, peut entraîner Stockez l quipement une temp rature comprise entre 5 et 0 (avec l emballage), et sous une une blessure légère à modérée. Ce symbole est également utilisé pour mettre en garde contre des humidit relative 0 . pratiques dangereuses. La mise hors service doit tre effectu e par un revendeur qualifi l aide d un quipement certifi . Toutes les réglementations en vigueur doivent être respectées. ce symbole avertit l'utilisateur de la présence d'une « tension dangereuse » non isolée dans l enceinte du refroidisseur. La magnitude de la tension est suffisante pour constituer un risque L'exécution des procédures d'installation, de fonctionnement ou de maintenance autres que celles décrites d'électrocution. dans le manuel peuvent créer une situation dangereuse et annuler la garantie du fabricant. Ne mettez jamais les raccordements de communications du refroidisseur sous tension. indique la présence de surfaces chaudes. Si vous ne remplissez pas compl tement le refroidisseur et les conduites de liquide, vous risquez d'endommager la pompe. Évitez de trop remplir le réservoir car les liquides se dilatent lorsqu'ils sont indique qu'il convient de lire le manuel. chauffés. Sur le ThermoFlex, avant de remplacer le bo tier du r servoir, v rifiez que le bouchon bille du tube de N'utilisez pas l'équipement comme appareil stérile ou relié au patient. En outre, l'équipement n'est pas regard du réservoir est correctement mis en place. pr vu pour une utilisation dans des emplacements dangereux de classe I, II ou III, tels que d finis par le Sur ThermoFlex900-5000, ne faites pas fonctionner le refroidisseur si le diffuseur de liquide du r servoir est National Electrical Code. installé. Il est conçu pour l'usage intérieur exclusivement. Ne placez jamais l'équipement dans un endroit présentant Si votre refroidisseur est quip d une pompe volum trique (P1 ou P ), v rifiez que les conduites et les un excès de chaleur, d'humidité, une ventilation inadaptée ou des matériaux corrosifs. Reportez-vous au raccords de votre application peuvent r sister 1 5 psi. manuel pour connaître les paramètres de fonctionnement. N'utilisez pas d'antigel automobile. Les antigels commerciaux contiennent des silicates qui endommagent Branchez l'équipement sur une prise correctement mise à la terre. les joints de la pompe. Les réfrigérants utilisés sont plus lourds que l'air. En cas de fuite, ils chassent l'oxygène et provoquent Pour viter la cong lation/le givrage de l changeur plaques, les refroidisseurs ThermoFlex 500- 4000 une perte de connaissance. Tout contact avec la fuite de réfrigérant peut causer des brûlures cutanées. nécessitent l'utilisation d'un mélange à part égale d'éthylène glycol et d'eau ou de propylène glycol et d'eau Reportez-vous à la plaque signalétique du circulateur pour connaître le type de réfrigérant utilisé. Lisez une temp rature de fonctionnement inf rieure 10 . galement la fiche de donn es de s curit (SDS, anciennement MSDS) am ricaine la plus r cente Si vous utilisez un m lange d thyl ne glycol et d eau ou de propyl ne glycol et d eau, v rifiez régulièrement sa concentration et son pH. Les changements de concentration et de pH peuvent avoir une influence sur les performances du syst me. utilisez pas de cartouche filtre de d sionisation (DI) avec de l thyl ne glycol inhib ou du propyl ne Installation des refroidisseurs à recirculation glycol inhib . Un filtre DI liminera les inhibiteurs de la solution et rendra le liquide inefficace contre la Placez le refroidisseur de mani re ce qu il soit proximit et d acc s facile son dispositif de protection anti-corrosion. De m me, les inhibiteurs augmentent la conductivit du liquide. sectionnement. Les biocides sont corrosifs et peuvent causer des lésions oculaires irréversibles ainsi que des brûlures Le refroidisseur doit être branché sur une prise dédiée. cutanées. Ils sont nocifs s'ils sont inhalés, avalés ou absorbés par la peau. Reportez-vous la fiche de donn es de s curit la plus r cente du fabricant. V rifiez que tous les bouchons d exp dition de la tuyauterie sont retir s avant l installation. Pour viter d endommager l changeur plaques du refroidisseur, les pompes centrifugeuses n cessitent Les raccordements du liquide de traitement se situent à l'arrière du refroidisseur et portent les étiquettes un d bit minimum de 15,1 l/min. (PRO ESS OUTLET, SORTIE LI UIDE) et (PRO ESS I LET, E TR E LI UIDE). Le non-nettoyage ou non-remplacement du filtre du condenseur peut causer une perte de capacit de Reliez sur l'entrée du liquide de votre application. Reliez sur la sortie du liquide de votre refroidissement et entra ner une panne pr matur e du syst me de refroidissement. Pour un nettoyage application. complet, déposez la grille avant. Pour les refroidisseurs eau, reliez (FA ILIT I LET, E TR E I STALLATIO ) sur l alimentation Sur les refroidisseurs air, le bo tier du condenseur et les ailettes situ s derri re la grille avant sont tr s en eau de votre établissement. Reliez (FA ILIT OUTLET, SORTIE I STALLATIO ) sur tranchants. l'évacuation ou le retour d'eau de votre établissement. Hormis la grille refroidie à l'air, ne faites jamais fonctionner le refroidisseur si l'un des panneaux est déposé. Avant de d marrer le refroidisseur, v rifiez deux fois tous les raccordements lectrique, de plomberie et de communication. Les refroidisseurs eau ThermoFlex900-5000 sont dot s d un ventilateur dont les h lices sont tranchantes. V rifiez que le refroidisseur est teint avant de d poser la grille avant.
Utilisation prévue des refroidisseurs à recirculation Les refroidisseurs recirculation de Thermo Scientific sont con us pour fournir du liquide en continu une température et selon un débit constants. Le refroidisseur se compose d'un système de réfrigération à air ou à eau, d'un échangeur de chaleur, d'une pompe de recirculation, d'un réservoir de liquide et d'un contrôleur à microprocesseur. Les refroidisseurs sont conçus pour fonctionner en continu à l'intérieur, conformément à toutes les procédures et exigences indiquées dans son manuel. Mueva el equipo con cuidado. Las caídas o los impactos repentinos pueden dañar los componentes. ES Instrucciones básicas de seguridad Refrigeradores de recirculación Apague siempre el equipo y desconéctelo de la tensión de suministro antes de moverlo. Nunca utilice un equipo dañado o con fugas. Si no se entiende alguna de estas instrucciones, consulte el manual o póngase en contacto con nosotros antes de proceder. unca utilice fluidos inflamables o corrosivos. Utilice solo los fluidos aprobados que se incluyen en el Seguridad, todos los productos: manual. Antes de utilizar un fluido o realizar tareas de mantenimiento donde es probable que se entre en contacto con el fluido en cuesti n, consulte la ho a de datos de seguridad (SDS) m s reciente del fabricante DANGER indica una situación de peligro inmediato que, si no se evita, provocará la muerte para EE.UU., as como la ho a de datos de seguridad para la UE a fin de obtener informaci n adicional. o lesiones graves. Apague siempre el equipo y desconéctelo de la tensión de suministro antes de moverlo.
WARNING indica una situación potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, podría tener Delegue las tareas de servicio y las reparaciones en un t cnico cualificado. como resultado lesiones graves o la muerte. Guarde el equipo a una temperatura comprendida entre -25 °C y 60 °C (con embalaje), y una humedad relativa de <80%. CAUTION indica una situación potencialmente peligrosa que, si no se evita, puede El desmantelamiento solo debe ser realizado por un proveedor cualificado que utilice el equipo ocasionar lesiones leves o moderadas. También se utiliza para alertar de prácticas inseguras. homologado. Debe cumplirse toda la normativa vigente. La realización de los procedimientos de instalación, funcionamiento o mantenimiento distintos de los que se está indicado para alertar al usuario de la presencia de "tensión peligrosa" sin aislar dentro del describen en el manual puede dar lugar a situaciones peligrosas y anularán la garantía del fabricante. alo amiento del refrigerador. La magnitud de la tensi n es lo suficientemente importante para constituir Nunca aplique tensión de línea a ninguna de las conexiones de comunicación del refrigerador. un riesgo de electrocución. Si no se llenan por completo las l neas de fluidos del refrigerador y procesos, podr a da arse la bomba del refrigerador. Evite llenar en exceso los fluidos se expanden al calentarse. indica la presencia de superficies calientes. En el caso de ThermoFlex, antes de sustituir el alojamiento del depósito, asegúrese de que el tope de bola del tubo de control del depósito está en su lugar de forma segura. indica que se debe leer el manual. En el caso de ThermoFlex900-5000, no utilice el refrigerador a menos que se haya instalado el difusor de fluido del dep sito. No utilice el equipo como dispositivo conectado al paciente o dispositivo estéril. Además, el equipo Si su refrigerador dispone de una bomba de desplazamiento positivo (P1 o P2), asegúrese de que las no está diseñado para ser utilizado en lugares peligrosos de Clase I, II o III de acuerdo con el Código líneas de bombeo de la aplicación y los accesorios son capaces de soportar al menos 185 psi. Eléctrico Nacional. No utilice anticongelante de automoción. Los anticongelantes comerciales contienen silicatos que dañan las Este equipo está diseñado para ser utilizado en interiores solamente. No lo coloque nunca en un lugar juntas de las bombas. donde haya calor excesivo, humedad, ventilación inadecuada o materiales corrosivos. Consulte el manual para conocer los parámetros de funcionamiento. Para evitar la congelación/el vidriado del intercambiador de la placa, los refrigeradores ThermoFlex7500-24000 precisan el uso de EG/agua al 50/50 o PG/agua al 50/50 con una temperatura de Conecte el equipo a una toma correctamente conectada a tierra. proceso inferior a 10 ºC. Los refrigerante utilizados son más pesados que el aire y, si hay una fuga, sustituirán al oxígeno, lo que Al utilizar una mezcla de fluido para procesos de EG/agua o PG/agua, revise la concentraci n y el p del provocará la pérdida de consciencia. El contacto con el refrigerante expulsado provocará quemaduras fluido peri dicamente. Los cambios en la concentraci n y el p pueden alterar el rendimiento del sistema. en la piel. Consulte la placa de datos del circulador para conocer el tipo de refrigerante utilizado y, a continuación, la hoja de datos de seguridad (SDS) más reciente del fabricante para EE.UU., o utilice un cartucho de filtro de desionizaci n (DI) con EG o PG inhibido. Un filtro DI eliminar los anteriormente conocida como MSDS, as como la ho a de datos de seguridad para la UE a fin de inhibidores de la soluci n y har que el fluido sea ineficaz contra la protecci n anticorrosi n. Adem s, los obtener información adicional. inhibidores aumentan la conductividad de los fluidos. Son dañinos si se inhalan, se tragan o se absorben a través de la piel. Consulte la hoja SDS más Instalación, Refrigeradores de recirculación: reciente del fabricante. Ubique el refrigerador cerca de su dispositivo de desconexión y de forma que resulte fácil acceder a él. Para evitar daños en el intercambiador de la placa del refrigerador, las bombas centrífugas exigen una El refrigerador está diseñado para ser utilizado en una toma especial. tasa de caudal mínimo de 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). Asegúrese de retirar todos los tapones de envío de la línea de tuberías antes de la instalación. Si no se limpia/sustituye el filtro del condensador, se producir una p rdida de capacidad de Las conexiones de fluido para procesos se encuentran en la parte posterior del refrigerador y est n enfriamiento y esto supondrá un fallo prematuro del sistema de enfriamiento. Para llevar a cabo una marcadas con el texto (PROCESS OUTLET, SALIDA PARA PROCESOS) y (PROCESS limpieza minuciosa, retire el conjunto de la rejilla delantera. INLET, ENTRADA PARA PROCESOS). Conecte a la entrada de fluido de su aplicaci n. onecte En los refrigeradores enfriados por aire, el bastidor del condensador y las aletas situadas detrás del a la salida de fluido de su aplicaci n. con unto de la re illa delantera son muy afilados. En el caso de los refrigeradores enfriados por agua, conecte (FACILITY INLET, ENTRADA DE LA Nunca utilice el refrigerador con los paneles retirados, salvo el conjunto de la rejilla enfriada por aire. INSTALACIÓN) al suministro de agua de la instalación. Conecte (FACILITY OUTLET, SALIDA DE Los refrigeradores ThermoFlex900-5000 enfriados por agua tienen un ventilador con aspas afiladas. LA INSTALACIÓN) al retorno o al drenaje de agua de la instalación. Asegúrese de que el refrigerador está apagado antes de retirar la rejilla delantera. Antes de poner en marcha el refrigerador, vuelva a comprobar todas las conexiones de comunicación, eléctricas y de tuberías aplicables. Uso previsto, Refrigeradores de recirculación: Los refrigeradores de recirculaci n de Thermo Scientific est n dise ados para ofrecer un suministro continuo de fluido a una temperatura y una tasa de caudal constantes. Los refrigeradores constan de un sistema de refrigeración enfriado por aire o por agua, un intercambiador de calor, una bomba de recirculaci n, un dep sito de fluido para procesos y un controlador de microprocesador. Los refrigeradores están diseñados para llevar a cabo un funcionamiento continuo y para utilizarse en interiores de acuerdo con todos los procedimientos y requisitos que se detallan en su manual. Movimente o equipamento com cuidado. Solavancos ou quedas s bitas podem danificar os seus PT Instruções de Segurança Essenciais Refrigeradores de Recirculação componentes. Desactive sempre o equipamento e desligue-o da sua tensão de alimentação antes de o deslocar. No caso de não compreender qualquer uma destas instruções, consulte o manual ou contacte-nos unca coloque em funcionamento equipamento danificado ou em vazamento. antes de prosseguir. Segurança, todos os produtos: unca utilize fluidos inflam veis ou corrosivos. Utilize apenas os fluidos aprovados listados no manual. Antes de utilizar qualquer fluido ou efectuar manuten o onde for prov vel o contacto com o fluido, DANGER Indica uma situação de perigo iminente que, se não for evitada, vai resultar em morte consulte a Ficha de Seguran a (SDS) dos EUA mais actualizada e a Ficha de Seguran a da UE para ou lesões graves. informação adicional. Desactive sempre o equipamento e desligue-o da sua fonte de alimentação antes de o deslocar. WARNING Indica uma situação de potencial perigo, que se não for evitada, pode resultar em morte ou lesões graves. As revis es e repara es devem ser efectuadas por um t cnico qualificado. Armazene o equipamento a um intervalo de temperatura entre - 5 a 0 (com embalagem), e 0 CAUTION Indica uma situação de potencial perigo, que se não for evitada, pode resultar em de humidade relativa. ferimentos leves ou moderados. Também é utilizado para alertar contra práticas não seguras. O desmantelamento deve ser apenas efectuado por um representante qualificado utilizando equipamento certificado. Todos os regulamentos predominantes t m de ser seguidos. Destina-se a alertar o utilizador para a presença de "voltagem perigosa" sem isolamento na caixa Realizar procedimentos de instalação, operação ou manutenção para além dos descritos no manual do refrigerador. A magnitude da voltagem suficientemente significante para constituir um risco de choque pode resultar numa situação perigosa e pode invalidar a garantia do fabricante. eléctrico. unca aplique tens o de linha a qualquer uma das liga es de comunica o no refrigerador. O n o enchimento completo do refrigerador e as linhas de fluido de processamento podem danificar a Indica a presença de superfícies quentes. bomba do refrigerador. Evite o enchimento excessivo, que os fluidos expandem quando aquecidos. o ThermoFlex, antes de substituir a caixa do reservat rio certifique-se de que a tampa de visualiza o Indica a leitura do manual. do reservatório está devidamente colocada. o ThermoFlex900-5000, n o opere o refrigerador a menos que o difusor de fluido do reservat rio Não utilize o equipamento como um dispositivo estéril ou ligado ao paciente. Em complemento, o este a instalado. equipamento n o se destina a ser utilizado em Locais Perigosos de lasse I, II ou III conforme definido pelo Se o seu refrigerador estiver equipado com uma bomba de deslocamento positivo (P1 ou P ), certifique- Código Eléctrico Nacional. se de que os seus encaixes e linhas de canaliza o est o qualificados para suportarem um m nimo de O equipamento destina-se apenas a utilização interior. Nunca o coloque num local onde exista calor em 1 5 psi. excesso, humidade, ventila o n o adequada, ou materiais corrosivos. onsulte o manual relativamente a o utilize anticongelante autom vel. O anticongelante comercial cont m silicatos que danificam os parâmetros operacionais. vedantes da bomba. Ligue o equipamento a uma tomada de alimentação com ligação à terra. Para evitar o congelamento/vitrifica o do permutador de placa, os refrigeradores Os refrigerantes utilizados são mais pesados do que o ar e, em caso de fuga, vão substituir o oxigénio ThermoFlex 500- 4000 requerem a utiliza o de EG/ gua 50/50 ou PG/ gua 50/50 abaixo da causando perda de consciência. O contacto com o refrigerante em vazamento vai causar queimaduras na temperatura de processamento 10 . pele. onsulte a placa de identifica o do circulador relativamente ao tipo de refrigerante utilizado e depois uando utilizar uma mistura de fluido de processamento de EG/ gua ou PG/ gua, verifique a a Ficha de Seguran a (SDS) dos EUA mais recente, anteriormente designada como MSDS, e a Ficha de concentra o do fluido e o p regularmente. Altera es na concentra o e no p podem ter impacto no Seguran a da UE para informa o adicional. desempenho do sistema. o utilize um cartucho de filtro de Desioniza o (DI) com EG Inibido ou PG Inibido. Um filtro de DI vai Instalação, Refrigeradores de Recirculação: remover os inibidores da solu o que est o a tornar o fluido ineficaz contra a protec o de corros o. Para oloque o refrigerador de forma a que este a pr ximo e tenha f cil acesso ao dispositivo de al m disso, os inibidores aumentam a condutividade do fluido. desconexão. Os biocidas s o corrosivos e podem causar les es oculares irrevers veis e queimaduras na pele. S o O refrigerador destina-se a utilização numa tomada dedicada. pre udiciais se inalados, engolidos ou absorvidos atrav s da pele. onsulte a Ficha de Seguran a do ertifique-se de que todas as fichas de expedi o da linha de canaliza o s o removidas antes fabricante mais actualizada. da instalação. Para evitar danos no permutador de placa do refrigerador, as bombas centrífugas requerem um caudal As liga es de fluido de processamento encontram-se localizadas na parte posterior m nimo de 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm). do refrigerador e encontram-se etiquetadas ((PRO ESS OUTLET) (SA DA DE A n o limpeza/substitui o do filtro do condensador causa a perda da capacidade de arrefecimento e PRO ESSAME TO)) e ((PRO ESS I LET) (E TRADA DE PRO ESSAME TO)). Ligue conduz a uma falha prematura do sistema de arrefecimento. Para uma limpeza mais completa, remova o a entrada de fluido na sua aplica o. Ligue a sa da de fluido na sua aplica o. con unto da grelha frontal. Para refrigeradores com refrigeração a água ligue a ((FA ILIT I LET) (E TRADA DE Nos refrigeradores refrigerados a ar, a moldura e rebordos do condensador localizados por detrás do U IDADE)) ao abastecimento de gua da unidade. Ligue a ((FA ILIT OUTLET) (SA DA con unto da grelha frontal s o muito agu ados. DE U IDADE)) ao retorno ou drenagem de gua da unidade. Para al m do con unto de grelha refrigerada a ar, nunca opere o refrigerador com qualquer painel removido. Antes de iniciar o refrigerador, verifique todas as liga es de comunica o, el ctricas e tubagens Os refrigeradores de refrigera o a gua ThermoFlex900-5000 possuem um ventilador com l minas aplicáveis. agu adas, pelo que se deve assegurar que o refrigerador est desligado antes de remover a grelha frontal.
Utilização Prevista, Refrigeradores de Recirculação: Os refrigeradores de recircula o Thermo Scientific s o concebidos para facultar um fornecimento cont nuo de fluido a um fluxo e temperatura constantes. O refrigerador conste num sistema de refrigera o com arrefecimento a ar ou gua, permutador de calor, bomba de recircula o, reservat rio de fluido de processamento e um controlador de microprocessador. Os refrigeradores destinam-se a funcionamento contínuo e para utilização interna de acordo com todos os procedimentos e requisitos descritos deste manual. Essentiële veiligheidsinstructies Verplaats de apparatuur steeds erg zorgvuldig. Plotse schokken of druppels kunnen de componenten NL beschadigen. Schakel de apparatuur steeds uit en haal de stekker uit het stopcontact vooraleer deze te Recirculatiekoelers verplaatsen. Als één van de instructies niet duidelijk is, raadpleeg dan de handleiding of neem contact op met Gebruik nooit beschadigde of lekkende apparatuur. ons vooraleer door te gaan. Gebruik nooit ontvlambare of corrosieve vloeistoffen. Maak alleen gebruik van de goedgekeurde Veiligheid, alle producten: DANGER vloeistoffen in de handleiding. Raadpleeg, vooraleer een vloeistof te gebruiken of onderhoud duid op een onmiddellijke gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, zal uit te voeren waarbij het waarschijnlijk is dat u in aanraking komt met de vloeistof, het meest leiden tot de dood of ernstige letsels. recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (Safety Data Sheet - SDS) van de producent en het Europese veiligheidsgegevensblad voor extra informatie. WARNING duid op een gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, kan leiden tot de Schakel de apparatuur steeds uit en haal de stekker uit het stopcontact vooraleer deze te verplaatsen. dood of ernstige letsels. Laat het onderhoud en de herstellingen steeds uitvoeren door een gekwalificeerd technicus. Sla de apparatuur op bij een temperatuur tussen -25°C tot 60°C (met verpakking) en een relatieve CAUTION duidt op een mogelijke gevaarlijke situatie die, indien ze niet wordt vermeden, zal vochtigheid van minder dan 80%. leiden tot lichte of middelmatige letsels. Het kan ook gebruikt worden als waarschuwing tegen onveilige praktijken. et buiten dienst stellen mag alleen uitgevoerd worden door een gekwalificeerde dealer die gebruik maakt van gecertificeerde uitrusting. Alle geldende regelgevingen moeten worden gevolgd.
bedoeld om de gebruiker te waarschuwen voor de aanwezigheid van een niet-geïsoleerde Het uitvoeren van de installatie-, de werkings- of onderhoudsprocedures op een andere manier dan “gevaarlijke spanning” binnenin de behuizing van de koeler. De grootte van de spanning is voldoende beschreven in de handleiding kan leiden tot een gevaarlijke situatie en zal de garantie van de producent significant om een gevaar te vormen op een elektrisch schok. ongeldig maken. Sluit nooit de netspanning aan op de communicatie-aansluitingen van de koeler. duidt op de aanwezigheid van hete oppervlakken. Het volledig vullen van de koeler en de leidingen met procesvloeistof kan de koelpomp beschadigen. Vermijd het overvullen omdat vloeistoffen uitzetten wanneer ze worden opgewarmd.
duidt op het raadplegen van de handleiding. Verzeker bij ThermoFlex voor het vervangen van de behuizing van het reservoir dat de balstopper van de kijkbuis van het reservoir stevig is bevestigd. Gebruik de apparatuur niet als steriel of als een met de patiënt verbonden apparaat. Daarnaast is de Stel de koeler van een ThermoFlex900-5000 niet in werking tenzij het reservoir van de vloeistofdiffuser is apparatuur niet ontworpen voor gebruik in gevaarli ke locaties van klasse I, II of III zoals gedefinieerd door geïnstalleerd. de National Electrical Code. Als uw koeler is uitgerust met een positieve verplaatsingspomp (P1 of P ), verzeker dan dat uw leidingen De apparatuur is uitsluitend bedoeld voor gebruik binnenshuis. Plaats deze nooit op een locatie met en fittingen bestand zi n tegen minimaal 1 5 psi. overmatige hitte, vochtigheid, onvoldoende ventilatie of waar er corrosieve materialen aanwezig zijn. Gebruik geen antivriesmiddel voor auto's. Commercieel antivriesmiddel bevat silicaten die de Raadpleeg de handleiding voor de operationele parameters. pompdichtingen kunnen beschadigen. Sluit de apparatuur steeds aan op een goed geaard stopcontact. Om het bevriezen van en het ontstaan van een ijslaagje op de plaatvormige warmtewisselaar te Koelmiddelen zijn zwaarder dan lucht en als er een lek is, zal het de zuurstof vervangen en kan dit leiden tot voorkomen, vereisen de ThermoFlex7500-24000-koelers het gebruik van 50/50 EG/water of 50/50 PG/ bewusteloosheid. Contact met het lekkende koelmiddel kan leiden tot brandwonden op de huid. Raadpleeg water bi een temperatuur onder 10 . het typeplaatje van de circulatiepomp voor het type koelmiddel dat wordt gebruikt en raadpleeg vervolgens Bij gebruik van een mix van procesvloeistoffen van EG/water of PG/water dient u de vloeistofconcentratie het meest recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (Safety Data Sheet - SDS) van de producent, eerder gekend als en pH op een regelmatige basis te controleren. Wijzigingen in de concentratie en de pH kunnen een MSDS, en het Europese veiligheidsgegevensblad voor extra informatie. impact hebben op de prestaties van het systeem. Gebruik geen de onisatie(DI)-filtercartridge met Inhibited EG of Inhibited PG. Een DI-filter zal remmers uit de Installatie, recirculatiekoelers: vloeistof verwijderen waardoor de vloeistof niet meer effectief is als bescherming tegen corrosie. Daarnaast Plaats de koeler zodat deze zich dichtbij het loskoppelapparaat bevindt en dat deze eenvoudig verhogen remmers de geleiding van vloeistoffen. toegankelijk is. Biociden zijn corrosief en kunnen onherstelbare schade toebrengen aan de ogen en ook brandwonden De koeler is bedoeld voor gebruik op een daartoe bestemde uitvoer. veroorzaken. Ze zijn schadelijk als ze worden geïnhaleerd, worden ingeslikt of worden opgenomen via de Verzeker dat alle transportpluggen op de leidingen zijn verwijderd voor de installatie. huid. Raadpleeg het meest recente veiligheidsgegevensblad (SDS) van de producent. De aansluitingen van de procesvloeistof bevinden zich op de achterzijde van de koeler en hebben Om schade te voorkomen aan de plaatvormige warmtewisselaar, vereisen de centrifugale pompen een een label (PROCESS OUTLET (PROCESUITVOER)) en (PROCESS INLET minimale doorstroming van 15,1 liter per minuut. (PROCESTOEVOER)). Sluit de aan op de vloeistoftoevoer van uw applicatie. Sluit de et nalaten om de filter van de condensor te reinigen of te vervangen kan leiden tot een verlies van aan op de vloeistofuitvoer van uw applicatie. koelcapaciteit en tot het voortijdig defect raken van het koelsysteem. Verwijder de rooster aan de voorzijde Sluit voor watergekoelde koelers de (FA ILIT I LET (TOEVOER VA DE FA ILITEIT)) aan voor een grondige reiniging. op watertoevoer van uw faciliteit. Sluit de (FA ILIT OUTLET (UITVOER VA DE FA ILITEIT)) Bij luchtgekoelde koelers bevinden het kader en de vinnen van de condensor zich achter de voorste rooster aan op de waterretour of -afvoer van de faciliteit. en dient u goed op te letten want ze zijn erg scherp. Vooraleer de koeler te starten dient u alle van toepassing zijnde communicatie-aansluitingen, Bij andere koelers dan degene met een luchtgekoeld rooster mag u de koeler nooit activeren wanneer het elektrische aansluitingen en leidingaansluitingen tweemaal te controleren. paneel verwijderd is. ThermoFlex900-5000 watergekoelde koelers beschikken over een ventilator met scherpe schoepen, zorg ook dat de koeler is uitgeschakeld vooraleer de rooster vooraan wordt verwijderd.
Bedoeld gebruik, recirculatiekoelers: De recirculatiekoelers van Thermo Scientific zi n ontworpen om een continue toevoer van vloeistoffen te voorzien met een constante temperatuur en doorstroming. De koeler bestaat uit een luchtgekoeld of watergekoeld koelsysteem, warmtewisselaar, recirculatiepomp, reservoir voor procesvloeistof en een microprocessorcontroller. Koelers zijn ontworpen voor een continue werking en voor gebruik binnenshuis in overeenkomst met alle procedures en vereisten die staan vermeld in de handleiding. Spostare l'apparecchiatura con cautela. Sobbalzi o cadute improvvise possono danneggiare i suoi IT Istruzioni essenziali per la sicurezza Chiller a ricircolazione componenti. Spegnere sempre l'apparecchiatura e scollegarla dalla tensione di alimentazione prima di spostarla. Se queste istruzioni non sono chiare, fare riferimento al manuale oppure contattare il nostro ufficio Non utilizzare mai apparecchiature danneggiate o con perdite. prima di procedere. Sicurezza, tutti i prodotti: on utilizzare mai fluidi infiammabili o corrosivi. Utilizzare esclusivamente i fluidi certificati elencati nel manuale. Prima di utilizzare fluidi o eseguire operazioni di manutenzione che prevedano il contatto con il DANGER indica una situazione di pericolo imminente che, se non evitata, potrebbe causare fluido, fare riferimento ai dati tecnici di sicurezza aggiornati del produttore (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS) e morte o ferite gravi. ai dati tecnici di sicurezza UE per ulteriori informazioni. Spegnere sempre l'apparecchiatura e scollegarla dalla tensione di alimentazione prima di spostarla. WARNING indica una situazione potenzialmente pericolosa che se non evitata potrebbe causare lesioni gravi o morte. Demandare assistenza e riparazioni ad un tecnico qualificato. Conservare l'apparecchiatura ad una temperatura compresa tra -25°C e 60°C (con imballo), e una umidità CAUTION indica una situazione di pericolo potenziale che, se non evitata, potrebbe causare relativa <80%. ferite lievi o non gravi. Viene anche utilizzato come avviso contro pratiche non sicure. La disattivazione deve essere eseguita solo da rivenditori qualificati utilizzando attrezzature certificate. Dovranno essere rispettate tutte le norme vigenti. destinato ad avvisare l'utente della presenza di "tensioni pericolose" non isolate all'interno L'esecuzione di procedure di installazione, funzionamento o manutenzione diverse da quelle descritte dell involucro del chiller. Il valore della tensione abbastanza significativo da costituire un rischio di scosse nel manuale potrebbero determinare situazioni di pericolo e causare l'annullamento della garanzia del elettriche. produttore. Non applicare mai la tensione di linea alle connessioni di comunicazione presenti sul chiller. indica la presenza di superfici calde. Il riempimento incompleto delle linee di trasmissione di fluido per il processo e il chiller pu danneggiare la pompa dell apparecchio. Evitare comunque di riempire in eccesso, in quanto i fluidi si espandono se segnala di leggere il manuale. riscaldati. Su ThermoFlex, prima di sostituire l'involucro del serbatoio, assicurarsi che il fermo sferico del tubo di Non utilizzare l'apparecchiatura come dispositivo sterile o collegato a un paziente. Inoltre, l'apparecchiatura verifica serbatoio sia posizionato in sicurezza. non progettata per l utilizzo in luoghi pericolosi di lasse I, II o III secondo le definizioni del ational Su ThermoFlex900-5000, non azionare il chiller se non installato il diffusore di fluido del serbatoio. Electrical Code. Se il chiller è provvisto di una pompa volumetrica positiva (P1 o P2), assicurarsi che le tubazioni Questa apparecchiatura è destinata all'uso in ambienti chiusi. Non collocarla mai in luoghi soggetti a dell'applicazione e i relativi raccordi possano resistere ad una pressione di almeno 185 psi. calore eccessivo, umidità, ventilazione inadeguata o materiali corrosivi. Fare riferimento al manuale per i Non utilizzare antigelo per autotrazione. L'antigelo commerciale contiene silicati che danneggiano le parametri operativi. guarnizioni della pompa. Collegare l'apparecchiatura ad una presa di rete adeguatamente messa a terra. Per evitare il congelamento dello scambiatore a piastra, i chiller ThermoFlex7500-24000 richiedono l'utilizzo I refrigeranti utilizzati sono più pesanti dell'aria e, in caso di perdite, possono sostituire l'ossigeno causando di 50/50 EG/acqua o 50/50 PG/acqua sotto la temperatura di processo di 10°C. perdita di conoscenza.. Il contatto della pelle con il refrigerante fuoriuscito causa ustioni. Per ulteriori uando si utilizza una miscela di fluido di EG/acqua o PG/acqua, verificare periodicamente la informazioni, fare riferimento alla targhetta del circuito circolatore per il tipo di refrigerante utilizzato e ai dati concentrazione del fluido e il p . Eventuali variazioni di concentrazione e p possono compromettere le tecnici di sicurezza aggiornati del produttore (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS), precedentemente noti come prestazioni del sistema. MSDS, non ché ai dati tecnici di sicurezza UE. on utilizzare un cartuccia filtro di deionizzazione (DI) con EG o PG inibiti. Un filtro DI rimuover gli inibitori Installazione, chiller a ricircolazione: dalla soluzione, rendendo il fluido inefficace contro la corrosione. Inoltre, gli inibitori fanno aumentare la Posizionare il chiller in modo che sia vicino ed abbia un pratico accesso al suo dispositivo di conduttivit del fluido. disconnessione. I biocidi sono corrosivi e possono causare danni irreversibili agli occhi e ustioni cutanee. Sono pericolosi Il chiller deve essere utilizzato su una presa dedicata. se inalati, ingeriti o assorbiti attraverso la pelle. Fare riferimento ai documenti SDS più aggiornati del Assicurarsi che tutte le spine utilizzate per la spedizione nelle linee di tubazione siano state rimosse prima produttore. di procedere all'installazione. Per evitare danni allo scambiatore a piastra del chiller, le pompe centrifughe richiedono una portata minima Le connessioni per il fluido di processo si trovano sul retro del chiller e sono etichettati (PROCESS di 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). OUTLET) e (PROCESS INLET). Collegare all ingresso del fluido sull applicazione. ollegare La mancata pulizia/sostituzione del filtro del condensatore provoca una perdita della capacit di all uscita del fluido sull applicazione. raffreddamento con il rischio di guasti prematuri del sistema di raffreddamento. Per una pulizia Per i chiller raffreddati ad acqua collegare (FACILITY INLET) all'alimentazione idraulica approfondita, togliere il gruppo della griglia anteriore. dell'impianto. Collegare (FACILITY OUTLET) al ritorno o scarico dell'acqua dell'impianto. Nei chiller raffreddati ad aria le alette ed il telaio del condensatore dietro il gruppo della griglia anteriore Prima di avviare il chiller, ricontrollare tutte le linee di comunicazione e le connessioni elettriche e delle sono molto affilati. tubazioni. Non azionare mai il chiller con pannelli rimossi, ad eccezione del gruppo griglia raffreddato ad aria.I chiller raffreddati ad acqua ThermoFlex900-5000 dispongono di una ventola con pale affilate assicurarsi che il chiller sia spento prima di rimuovere la griglia anteriore.
Destinazione d'uso, chiller a ricircolazione: I chiller a ricircolazione Thermo Scientific sono progettati per fornire un alimentazione continua di fluido a temperatura e portata costanti. Il chiller è composto da un sistema di refrigerazione raffreddato ad aria o ad acqua, uno scambiatore di calore, una pompa di ricircolazione, un serbatoio del fluido di processo e un controller a microprocessore. I chiller sono progettati per il funzionamento continuo e per l'utilizzo in ambienti chiusi, in conformità con tutte le procedure e i requisiti definiti in questo manuale. Важни инструкции за безопасност . , BG . Рециркулационни охладители , , - , (SDS) , , , . Безопасност, всички продукти: . DANGER , , , . . 5 0 ( ) 0 WARNING . , , , , . . . , , , CAUTION , , , , . . , . . . , . . ThermoFlex, , , - , . . ThermoFlex900-5000 , . . (P1 P ), , 1 5 psi. . , , . . / , , . ThermoFlex 500- 4000 50/50 EG/ 50/50 PG/ I, II III , 10 . ( E ). EG/ PG/ , . p . , , , . . . (DI) EG PG. DI . , - , , , . . . . . , . , - (SDS) - SDS . , MSDS, , . , 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm) . . . / , . . . . , Монтиране, рециркулационни охладители: , . , , . . . ThermoFlex900-5000 , , , . . Предназначена употреба, рециркулационни охладители: ( ) ( ). Thermo Scientific . . . , , , ( ) . . ( ) . , . , , . ikdy nepou ve te ho lav nebo korozivn kapaliny. Pou ve te pouze schv len kapaliny uveden CS v n vodu k obsluze. P ed pou it m n ak kapaliny nebo p ed prov d n m dr by, kde e pravd podobn , e p i dete s touto kapalinou do styku, si z ist te dal informace v aktu ln m bezpe nostn m listu v robce. o u n ter m z t chto po n ne u ete rozum t, nahl n te p e po ra o n m o n o u P ed st hov n m za zen v dy vypn te a odpo te ho od p vodu nap en . o sluze ne o n s onta tu te , : Servis a opravy p eneche te kvalifikovan m servisn m technik m. DANGER Zna bezprost edn nebezpe nou situaci, kter pokud nebude odstran na, Skladu te za zen p i teplot ch - 5 a 0 (v obalu), a p i relativn vlhkosti vzduchu ni ne 0 . povede ke smrteln mu nebo z va n mu razu. Vy azen z provozu sm prov d t pouze kvalifikovan prode ce s pomoc certifikovan ho vybaven . Mus b t dodr ena ve ker platn na zen . WARNING Zna potenci ln nebezpe nou situaci, kter pokud nebude odstran na, m e Prov d n in ch postup p i instalaci, obsluze nebo dr b , ne kter sou pops ny v n vodu k obsluze, v st ke smrteln mu nebo z va n mu razu. m e v st k nebezpe n m situac m a zp sob zneplatn n z ruky v robce. CAUTION ikdy nep iv d te elektrick nap t k dn m komunika n m konektor m chladic ho za zen . Zna potenci ln nebezpe nou situaci, kter pokud nebude odstran na, m e Kdy nen chladic za zen a potrub kompletn napln n chladic kapalinou, m e do t k po kozen v st k m n a st edn z va n mu razu. Slou tak ako v straha p ed nebezpe n mi postupy. erpadla. Za zen nep epl u te, kapaliny p i zah t nab va na ob emu. V p pad za zen ThermoFlex se p ed v m nou krytu n dr ky p esv d te, estli e bezpe n na sv m Slou k upozorn n u ivatele na p tomnost neizolovan ho nebezpe n ho nap t v krytu m st kuli kov zar ka trubicov ho pr zoru. chladic ho za zen . ap t e dostate n vysok na to, aby p edstavovalo riziko razu elektrick m Za zen ThermoFlex900-5000 neuv d te do provozu, dokud nen nainstalovan difuz r kapaliny proudem. v n dr ce. Pokud e chladic za zen vybaven ob emov m erpadlem (P1 nebo P ), p esv d te se, estli hadice, Zna p tomnost hork ch povrch . potrub a spo ky va instalace vydr tlak minim ln 1 5 psi. epou ve te automobilov odmrazova . B n prod van odmrazova e obsahu silik ty, kter po kod Zna , e si m obsluha p e st n vod k obsluze. t sn n erpadla. Aby nedoch zelo k zamrznut deskov ho v m n ku nebo eho pokryt ledem, chladic za zen Vybaven nepou ve te ako steriln za zen nebo za zen p ipo en k pacientovi. Za zen nav c nen ThermoFlex 500- 4000 vy adu pou v n sm si etylenglykolu a vody v pom ru 1 1 nebo sm si ur eno k pou v n v rizikov ch lokalit ch t dy I, II nebo III podle n rodn ch elektrotechnick ch p edpis . propylenglykolu a vody v pom ru 1 1 s procesn teplotou ni ne 10 . Za zen e navr eno pouze pro pou v n ve vnit n ch prostor ch. ikdy ho neumis u te do m st, kde P i pou v n sm si etylenglykolu a vody nebo propylenglykolu a vody pravideln kontrolu te koncentraci e nadm rn teplo, vlhkost, nedostate n ventilace nebo kde se nach z korozivn materi ly. Provozn kapaliny a p . Zm ny v koncentraci a p mohou m t vliv na v kon syst mu. epou ve te kazetu parametry sou uveden v n vodu k obsluze. deioniza n ho filtru s inhibovan m etylenglykolem nebo inhibovan m propylenglykolem. P ipo te za zen k dn uzemn n z suvce. Deioniza n filtr z roztoku odstran inhibitory, tak e kapalina p estane naru ovat antikorozn ochranu. Pou it chladiva sou t ne vzduch a pokud do de k e ich niku, vytla ve ker vzduch a zp sob Biocidn p pravky sou korozivn a mohou zp sobit nevratn po kozen o a pop leniny poko ky. P i ztr tu v dom . Kontakt s unika c m chladivem zp sob pop len poko ky. Typ pou it ho chladiva vdechnut , spolknut nebo vst eb n poko kou sou kodliv . Pod ve te se do aktu ln ch bezpe nostn ch z ist te na t tku s technick mi da i cirkula n ho termostatu a dal informace sou uvedeny v aktu ln m list v robce. bezpe nostn m listu v robce. Aby nemohlo do t k po kozen deskov ho v m n ku chladic ho za zen , vy adu odst ediv erpadla P i st hov n za zen bu te opatrn . hl n razy nebo p dy mohou po kodit eho sou sti. P ed minim ln pr tok 15,1 l/m). st hov n m za zen v dy vypn te a odpo te ho od p vodu nap en . edostate n vy i t n nebo nevym n n filtr kondenz toru zp sobu e ztr tu chladic kapacity a vede ikdy nepou ve te po kozen nebo net sn za zen . k p ed asn mu selh n syst mu. V z mu d kladn ho vy i t n demontu te p edn m ku. U vzduchem chlazen ch chladi sou r m , : kondenz toru a eho ebra za p edn m kou velmi ostr . Um st te chladi tak, aby byl v bl zkosti sv ho odpo ovac ho za zen a aby byl k odpo ovac mu za zen V p pad m ky chlazen inak ne vzduchem nikdy chladic za zen nepou ve te s demontovan mi snadn p stup. panely. hladic za zen e ur en pro pou v n se samostatn m v stupem. Vodou chlazen chladi e ThermoFlex900-5000 ma ventil tor s ostr mi lopatkami, tak e se p ed P ed instalac mus b t odstran ny v echny p epravn z tky na potrub ch a hadic ch. demont p edn m ky p esv d te, e e chladi vypnut . P po ky procesn kapaliny sou um st n na zadn sti chladi e a sou ozna en (PRO ESS OUTLET procesn v stup) a (PRO ESS I LET procesn p vod). P ipo te k p vodu , : kapaliny na za zen . P ipo te k v stupu kapaliny na za zen . Recirkula n chladi e spole nosti Thermo Scientific sou navr eny pro za i ov n nep etr it ho V p pad vodou chlazen ch chladi p ipo te (FA ILIT I LET p vod ze z vodu) k p vodu vody p vodu kapaliny p i konstantn teplot a konstantn m pr toku. hladi se skl d ze vzduchem ze z vodu. P ipo te (FA ILIT OUTLET v stup kapaliny do z vodu) k odtoku vody v z vodu. chlazen ho nebo vodou chlazen ho chladic ho syst mu, tepeln ho v m n ku, recirkula n ho erpadla, P ed spu t n m chladi e p ekontrolu te p slu n komunika n a elektrick p po ky a p ipo ovac armatury. n dr ky na procesn kapalinu a dic ednotky s mikroprocesorem. hladi e sou navr eny pro nep etr it provoz a pou v n ve vnit n ch prostor ch v souladu se v emi postupy a po adavky, uveden mi v e ich n vodech k obsluze. Brug aldrig brændbare eller ætsende væsker. Brug kun tilladte væsker, der er angivet i manualen. Før DA Essentiel sikkerhedsvejledning Recirkulerende nedkølere du bruger nogen væske eller udfører vedligeholdelse, hvor kontakt med væsken er sandsynlig, skal du referere til producentens mest aktuelle amk. sikkerhedsdatablad (SDS) og EUs sikkerhedsdatablad for Hvis nogle af disse instrukser ikke kan forstås, så referer til manualen, eller kontakt os, før du yderligere oplysninger. fortsætter. Sluk altid udstyret, og afbryd det fra dets str mforsyning, f r det flyttes. Sikkerhed, alle produkter: envis vedligeholdelse og reparation til en kvalificeret tekniker. DANGER Indikerer en omgående farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undgås, vil resultere i død Opbevar udstyret i et temperaturinterval p - 5 til 0 (med indpakning), og 0 relativ eller alvorlig skade. luftfugtighed. Dekommissionering skal kun udf res af en kvalificeret forhandler, der bruger certificeret udstyr. Alle aktuelle WARNING Indikerer en potentielt farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undgås, vil resultere i død regulativer skal følges. eller alvorlig skade. Udf relse af installation, drift eller vedligeholdelsesprocedurer andre end dem, der er beskrevet i denne
CAUTION indikerer en potentielt farlig situation, som, hvis den ikke undgås, kan resultere i manual, kan resultere i en farlig situation og vil annullere producentens garanti. mindre eller moderat skade. Den bruges også til at advare mod usikre fremgangsmåder. Påfør aldrig linjespænding til nogen kommunikationsforbindelse på nedkøleren. vis du ikke fylder nedk ler- og procesv skelin er helt, kan det beskadige nedk lerens pumpe. Undg at beregnet til at advare brugeren om tilstedeværelsen af ikke-isoleret "farlig spænding" inden for overfylde. Væsker ekspanderer, når de varmes op. nedfkølerens indelukke. Spændingens styrke er markant nok til at udgøre risiko for elektrisk stød. På ThermoFlex, før du erstatter reservoir-kabinettet, skal du sikre, at den synlige reservoir-rørkuglestopper er sikkert på plads. indikerer tilstedev relsen af varme overflader. P ThermoFlex900-5000 m du ikke bet ene nedk leren, f r reservoir-v skediffuseren er installeret. Hvis din nedkøler er udstyret med en positiv forskydningspumpe (P1 or P2), skal du sikre, at din applikation indikerer læs manualen. af r rlin er og beslag er vurderet til at modst et minimum af 1 5 psi Benyt ikke automotiv k lerv ske. Kommerciel k lerv ske indeholder silikater, der skader Brug ikke udstyret som en steril eller patientforbundet enhed. Derudover er udstyret ikke designet til brug i pumpeforseglingen. Klasse I, II eller III farlige steder som defineret af ational Electrical ode. For at forebygge frysning/glasering af pladeudveksleren kr ver ThermoFlex 500- 4000 nedk lere brug af Udstyret er kun designet til indend rs brug. Placer det aldrig et sted, hvor der findes overdreven varme, 50/50 EG/vand eller 50/50 PG/vand under 10 procestemperatur. fugtighed, utilstrækkelig ventilation eller ætsende materialer. Referer til manualen for driftsparametre. r du bruger en procesv skemikstur af EG/vand eller PG/vand, skal du kontrollere v skekoncentrationen Forbind udstyret til en korrekt jordet stikkontakt. og p vnligt. ndringer i koncentrationen og p kan have indflydelse p systemydelsen. Kølemidler, der bruges her, er tungere end luft, og hvis der er en læk, vil det erstatte oxygenet, hvilket Brug ikke en deioniserings (DI) filterpatron med inhiberet EG eller inhiberet PG. Et DI-filter vil f erne forårsager tab af bevidsthed. Kontakt med lækkende kølemidler vil forårsage hudforbrændinger. Referer inhibitorer fra opløsningen, hvilket gør væsken ineffektiv mod beskyttelse mod korrosion. Inhibitorer forøger til cirkulatorens navneplade for den type k lemiddel, der bruges, og s producentens mest aktuelle amk. også væskens ledeevne. sikkerhedsdatark (SDS), tidligere kendt som MSDS, og EUs sikkerhedsdataark for yderligere oplysninger. Biocider er tsende og kan for rsage irreversibel eskade og hudforbr ndinger. De er skadelige, hvis de Flyt udstyret forsigtigt. Pludselige stød eller tab kan beskadige dets komponenter. Sluk altid udstyret, og inhaleres, sluges eller absorberes gennem huden. Referer til producentens mest aktuelle SDS. afbryd det fra dets str mforsyning, f r det flyttes. For at forebygge skade p nedk lerens pladeudveksler kr ver centrifugalpumper en minimumstr mrate p Betjen aldrig beskadiget eller lækkende udstyr. 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). vis kondensatoren ikke reng res/udskiftes, kan det for rsage et tab af k lekapacitet og f re til tidlig Installation, recirkulerende nedkølere: fejlfunktion af kølesystemet. For en grundig rengøring skal du fjerne frontristsamlingen. Placer nedk leren, s den er n r, og har nem adgang til, dens afbryderenhed. P luftk lede nedk lere er kondensatorramme og -finner bag frontristsamlingen meget skarpe. edk leren er beregnet til brug i en dedikeret str mkontakt. Ud over den luftkølede ristsamling må du aldrig betjene nedkøleren med nogen aftagne paneler. Sørg for, at alle vvs-linjers shipping-stik fjernes før installation. ThermoFlex900-5000 vandk lede nedk lere har en bl ser med skarpe klinger, s s rg for, at nedk leren Procesv skeforbindelserne befinder sig bag p nedk leren og er markeret (PRO ESS OUTLET) er slukket, før frontristen fjernes. og (PRO ESS I LET). Forbind til væskeindtaget på din applikation. Forbind til væskeudløbet på din applikation. Tilsigtet brug, recirkulerende nedkølere: For vandkølede nedkølere skal du forbinde (FA ILIT I LET) til din facilitets vandforsyning. Forbind Thermo Scientific recirkulerende nedk lere er designet til at yde en l bende v skeforsyning ved en (FA ILIT OUTLET) til din facilitets vandreturnering eller afl b. konstakt temperatur og str mningsrate. edk leren best r af et luftk let eller vandk let k lesystem, Før du starter nedkøleren, skal du kontrollere alle relevante kommunikations-, elektriske og vvs-forbindelser varmeveksler, recirkuleringspumpe, procesv skereservoir og en mikroprocessor-controller. en ekstra gang. edk lere er designet til l bende drift og til indend rs brug i henhold til alle procedurerne og kravene formuleret i denne håndbog. . EL . , . , . , : . . DANGER , , SDS . E .
WARNING , , . . . - 5 0 ( ) CAUTION , 0 . . . . . , - . . . . , . , . ThermoFlex, , . . ThermoFlex900-5000, . . , I, II III (P1 P ), . 1 5 psi. . . , , . . . / , , . ThermoFlex 500- 4000 50/50 EG/ 50/50 PG/ , 10 . EG/ PG/ , . p . . p . . . (SDS) MSDS (DI) EG PG. . . . DI , , : . , . , . . . , . SDS . . , 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). ( ) ( ). . . ( ) . . ( ) . , . . , . ThermoFlex900-5000 , .
, : Thermo Scientific . , , , . . Ärge kasutage kunagi süttimisohtlikke või söövitavaid vedelikke. Kasutage ainult kasutusjuhendis ET Olulised ohutusjuhised Ringlusega jahutid heakskiidetud vedelikke. Enne mistahes vedelike kasutamist või hooldustööde läbiviimist vaadake lisateabeks tootja kõige hilisemat ohutuskaarti (SDS, MSDS, EL ohutuskaart). Kui mistahes juhised ei ole arusaadavad, siis enne jätkamist vaadake kasutusjuhendit. Enne seadme liigutamist lülitage seade alati välja ja ühendage lahti toitevõrgust. Ohutus, kõik tooted: Hooldamisel ja remondi korral pöörduge kogemustega tehniku poole. DANGER tähistab otsest ohtlikku olukorda, millele tähelepanu pööramata jätmine võib Hoidke seadmeid temperatuurivahemikus -25°C kuni 60°C (pakendis) ja <80% suhtelise niiskuse juures. põhjustada surma või tõsise vigastuse. Kasutusest eemaldamisel pöörduge sertifitseeritud seadmeid kasutava kogemustega ettev tte poole. Järgige kõiki kehtivaid eeskirju. WARNING tähistab potentsiaalselt ohtlikku olukorda, millele tähelepanu pööramata jätmine võib põhjustada surma või tõsise vigastuse. Kasutusjuhendis kirjeldamata paigaldamis-, töötamis- või hooldusprotseduurid võivad kaasa tuua ohtliku olukorra ning muudavad garantii kehtetuks.
CAUTION tähistab potentsiaalselt ohtlikku olukorda, millele tähelepanu pööramata Äge kunagi rakendage võrgupinget jahuti mistahes andmesideühendustele. jätmine võib põhjustada väiksema või keskmise raskusega vigastuse. Seda kasutatakse ka ohtlikust Täielikult täitmata jahuti ja töövedeliku torustik või põhjustada jahuti pumba kahjustamist. Vältige ületäitmist, tegevusest hoiatamiseks. soojenemisel vedelikud paisuvad. Enne ThermoFlex seadmel mahuti katte asendamist veenduge, et mahuti vaatetoru kuuli kork on kindlalt ettenähtud kasutaja hoiatamiseks jahuti korpuses olevast isoleerimata "ohtlikust pingest". oma kohas. Pinge tugevus on piisav elektrilöögi tekitamiseks. Ärge kasutage ThermoFlex900-5000 seadmel jahutit enne, kui on paigaldatud mahuti vedeliku difuuser. Kui Teie jahuti on varustatud mahtpumbaga (P1 või P2), siis veenduge, et Teie seadme torustik ja liitmikud tähistab kuumade pindade olemasolu. taluvad vähemalt 185 psi survet. Vältige MD pumpadega varustatud Merlin jahutitel torustikus jahutusvedeliku voolu täielikku takistamist. tähistab kasutusjuhendi vaatamise vajadust. Tühjalt töötav pump kahjustab liitekohta ning võib põhjustada pumba kahjustamist. Ärge kasutage sõidukite jahutusvedelikku. Kaubanduses kättesaadavad jahutusvedelikud sisaldavad Ärge kasutage seadmeid steriilsete seadmetena või patsiendiga ühendatavate seadmetena. Lisaks silikaate, mis kahjustavada pumba tihendeid. eelnevale, ei ole seadmed ettenähtud kasutamiseks I, II või III klassi ohtlikes rakendustes vastavalt Plaatsoojusvaheti külmumise ärahoidmiseks vajavad ThermoFlex7500-24000 jahutid temperatuuridel 10°C NEC nõuetele. alla töötemperatuuri 50/50 EG/vesi või 50/50 PG/vesi kasutamist. Seadmed on ettenähtud kasutamiseks ainult siseruumides. Ärge kunagi paigutage ülemäärase Kui kasutate töövedelikuna EG/vesi või PG/vesi segu, siis kontrollige regulaarselt kontsentratsiooni ja pH- kuumusega, niiskusega, ebapiisava ventilatsiooniga kohtadesse või söövitavate materjalide lähedale. taset. Kontsentratsiooni ja pH-taseme muutused võivad mõjutada süsteemi töötamist. Vaadake tööparameetreid kasutusjuhendist. rge kasutage deioniseerimise (DI) filtrikassetti koos inhibeeritud EG-ga v i inhibeeritud PG-ga. DI filter Ühendage seade nõuetekohaselt maandatud seinapistikuga. eemaldab lahusest inhibiitorid, vähendades vedeliku korrosioonivastast mõju. Lisaks sellele suurendavad Kasutatavad jahutusained on õhust raskemad ning tõrjuvad lekke korral õhu välja ning võivad inhibiitorid vedeliku juhitavust. põhjustada meelemärkuse kadu. Lekkiva jahutusainega kokkupuutumine põhjustab nahapõletusi. Nad on ohtlikud sissehingamisel, allaneelamisel ja imendumisel läbi naha. Vaadake tootja kõige hilisemat Lisateabeks kasutatava jahutusaine kohta vaadake ringluspumba andmeplaati ja tootja kõige ohutuskaarti. hilisemat ohutuskaarti (SDS, MSDS, EL ohutuskaart). Jahuti plaatsoojusvaheti kahjustamise ärahoidmiseks peab tsentrifugaalpumba minimaalne voolukiirus Liigutage seadet ettevaatlikult. Ootamatud põrutused ja kukkumised võivad kahjustada seadme olema 4,0 gpm (15,1 liitrit/minutis). komponente. Enne seadme liigutamist lülitage seade alati välja ja ühendage lahti toitevõrgust. Ärge kasutage kunagi kahjustatud või lekkivaid seadmeid. Kondensaatori filtri puhastamise/asendamise n uete mitte ärgimine p h ustab ahutusv imsuse vähenemise Paigaldamine, ringlusega jahutid: ja jahutussüsteemi enneaegse purunemise. Põhjalikuks puhastamiseks eemaldage esivõre. Paigutage jahuti nii, et selle väljalülitamise seadmele on lihtne juurde pääseda. Õhkjahutusega jahutite esivõre taga asuva kondensaatori raamistik ja ribid on väga teravad. Jahutile peab olema ettenähtud eraldi seinakontakt. Ärge kunagi kasutage eemaldatud paneelidega jahutit. Veenduge, et torustiku transpordikorgid on enne paigaldamist eemaldatud. ThermoFlex900-5000 vesijahutusega jahutitel on teravate labadega ventilaator, enne esivõre eemaldamist Töövedeliku ühendused asuvad jahuti tagaosas ning on tähistatud (PROCESS OUTLET) veenduge, et jahuti on välja lülitatud. (sisend) ja (PROCESS INLET) (väljund). Ühendage oma seadme vedeliku sisendiga. Kasutuseesmärk, ringlusega jahutid: Ühendage oma seadme vedeliku väljundiga. Thermo Scientific ringlusega ahutid on ettenähtud pideva temperatuuriga a voolukiirusega vedeliku Vesijahutusega jahutite korral ühendage (FACILITY INLET)(seadme sisend) oma seadme voolamise tagamiseks. Jahuti koosneb õhkjahutusega või vesijahutusega jahutussüsteemist, soojusvahetist, veevarustususega. Ühendage (FACILITY OUTLET) (seadme väljund) oma seadme ringluspumbast, töövedeliku mahutist ja mikroprotsessoriga juhtimissüsteemist. veetagastusega või äravooluga. Jahutid on ettenähtud pidevaks töötamiseks sisetingimuteses vastavalt kasutusjuhendis sätestatud Enne jahuti käivitamist kontrolliga üle kõik kasutatavad andmesideühendused, elektriühendused ja protseduuridele ja nõuetele. toruühendused. FI Olennaiset turvaohjeet Älä koskaan käytä tulenarkoja tai syövyttäviä nesteitä. Käytä vain ohjekirjassa lueteltuja hyväksyttyjä Kiertojäähdyttimet nesteitä. Ennen nesteiden käyttöä tai huoltotoimenpiteiden suorittamista, joihin liittyy kosketus nesteeseen, viittaa valmistajan päivittämiin käyttöturvallisuustietoihin (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS) ja EU:n Jos nämä ohjeet eivät ole selviä, viittaa ohjekirjaan tai ota meihin yhteyttä ennen kuin jatkat eteenpäin. käyttöturvallisuustietoihin lisätietoja varten. Turvallisuus, kaikki tuotteet: Sammuta laite ja kytke se irti jännitelähteestä aina ennen sen liikuttamista. DANGER osoittaa välitöntä vaaratilannetta, joka johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan Jätä korjaus- ja huoltotyöt pätevän teknikon tehtäväksi. loukkaantumiseen, ellei sitä vältetä. Säilytä laitetta -25 °C - 60 °C lämpötilassa (pakkauksen kanssa), ja suhteellisen kosteuden ollessa <80 %. Käytöstä poistaminen on suoritettava yksinomaan pätevän älleenmyy än toimesta sertifioitu a varusteita WARNING osoittaa potentiaalisen vaaratilanteen, joka voi johtaa kuolemaan tai vakavaan käyttämällä. Noudata kaikkia voimassa olevia määräyksiä. loukkaantumiseen, ellei sitä vältetä. Muiden kuin tässä ohjekirjassa kuvattujen asennus-, käyttö- tai huoltotoimenpiteiden suorittaminen voi aiheuttaa vaarallisen tilanteen ja mitätöidä valmistajan myöntämän takuun. CAUTION osoittaa potentiaalisen vaaratilanteen, joka saattaa aiheuttaa pienen tai kohtalaisen Älä koskaan syötä linjajännitettä jäähdyttimessä oleviin yhteysliitoksiin. vamman, ellei sitä vältetä. Sitä käytetään varoittamaan myös vaarallisista tavoista. Nesteen syöttölinjojen ja jäähdyttimen vajaa täyttö voi vahingoittaa jäähdyttimen pumppua. Vältä kuitenkin ylitäyttöä, sillä nesteet laajenevat kun niitä kuumennetaan. tarkoitettu varoittamaan käyttäjää eristämättömästä "vaarallisesta jännitteestä" jäähdyttimen kotelon sisällä. Jännitteen voimakkuus on merkittävä sähköiskuvaaran aiheuttamiseksi. Ennen ThermoFlexissä olevan säiliökotelon vaihtoa varmista, että säiliön tarkastusputken pyöreä pidike on kiinnitetty kunnolla paikoilleen.
osoittaa kuumien pintojen paikallaoloa. Älä käytä jäähdytintä ThermoFlex900-5000:ssa ennen kuin säiliönesteen jakolaite on asennettu. Jos jäähdytin on varustettu positiivisella tilavuuspumpulla (P1 tai P2), varmista, että sovellukseen kuuluvat putket ja kiinnikkeet kestävät vähintään 185 psi:n paineen. osoittaa ohjekirjan lukemiseen liittyvää velvoitusta. Älä käytä ajoneuvoille tarkoitettuja pakkasnesteitä. Myynnissä olevat pakkasnesteet sisältävät silikaatteja, jotka vahingoittavat pumpun tiivisteitä. Älä käytä laitetta steriilinä varusteena tai potilaaseen yhdistettynä. Laitetta ei ole suunniteltu käytettäväksi National Electrical Code -sääntöjen mukaisesti I, II tai III luokan tiloissa. Estääksesi levylämmönvaihtimen jäätymistä ThermoFlex7500-24000 -jäähdyttimet vaativat 50/50 EG/vesi tai 50/50 PG/vesi käyttöä alle 10 °C prosessilämpötilassa. Laite on tarkoitettu käytettäväksi vain sisätiloissa. Älä koskaan sijoita sitä paikkoihin joissa esiintyy liiallista kuumuutta, kosteutta, riittämätön tuuletus tai syövyttäviä materiaaleja. Viittaa ohjekirjaan käyttöparametrejä Kun EG/vesi- tai PG/vesi-nesteseosta käytetään, tarkista säännöllisin väliajoin nesteen pitoisuus ja pH- varten. arvo. Pitoisuuden ja pH-arvon muutokset voivat vaarantaa järjestelmän suorituskykyä. Liitä laite maadoitettuun pistorasiaan. Älä käytä deioinisoivaa (DI) suodatuspatruunaa estetyn EG:n tai PG:n kanssa. DI-suodatin poistaa Käytetyt jäähdytysaineet ovat ilmaan verrattuna painavampia, ja jos vuotoa esiintyy, se korvaa hapen inhibiittorit nesteestä, tekemällä nesteestä tehottoman syöpymistä vastaan. aiheuttamalla tajun menettämisen. Kosketus vuotavaan jäähdytysaineeseen aiheuttaa palovammoja. Biosidit ovat syövyttäviä ja voivat aiheuttaa parantumattomia silmävaurioita ja palovammoja. Ne ovat Lisätietoja varten viittaa kiertoelimen arvokilpeen koskien käytettyä jäähdytysainetta ja valmistajan vaarallisia jos niitä hengitetään, niellään tai ne imeytyvät ihon kautta. Viittaa valmistajan päivitettyihin SDS- päivitettyihin käyttöturvallisuustietoihin (US Safety Data Sheet - SDS), jotka tunnettiin aiemmin nimellä asiakirjoihin. MSDS, sekä EU:n käyttöturvallisuustietoihin. Estääksesi jäähdyttimen levylämmönvaihtimen vahingoittumista, keskipakopumput vaativat vähintään 4,0 Siirrä laitetta varovaisesti. Äkilliset täristykset tai putoamiset voivat vahingoittaa siihen kuuluvia osia. gpm (15,1 lpm) virtausta. Sammuta laite ja kytke se irti jännitelähteestä ennen sen liikuttamista. Lauhduttimen suodattimen puhdistamisen/vaihdon suorittamatta jättäminen aiheuttaa jäähdytyskapasiteetin Älä koskaan käytä laitetta jos se on vahingoittunut tai siinä esiintyy vuotoja. vähenemistä ja johtaa jäähdytysjärjestelmässä syntyviin ennenaikaisiin vikoihin. Perusteellista puhdistusta varten, irrota eturitiläyksikkö. Ilmajäähdytteisissä jäähdyttimissä eturitiläyksikön takana sijaitsevat lauhduttimen siivekkeet ja kehikko ovat Asennus, kiertojäähdyttimet: erittäin teräviä. Aseta jäähdytin siten, että siihen kuuluvaan irtikytkentälaitteeseen päästään helposti. Älä koskaan käynnistä jäähdytintä kun paneelit on irrotettu, lukuun ottamatta ilmajäähdytteistä Jäähdytintä on käytettävä yksinomaan sen käyttöön tarkoitetulla pistorasialla. ritiläyksikköä. Varmista, että kaikki lähetyksessä käytetyt putkitulpat on irrotettu ennen sen asennusta. Vesijäähdytteisissä ThermoFlex900-5000 -jäähdyttimissä on terävillä lavoilla varustettu tuuletin. Varmista, Prosessinesteen liitännät sijaitsevat jäähdyttimen takaosassa ja ne on merkitty (PROCESS että jäähdytin on sammutettu ennen eturitilän irrottamista. OUTLET) ja (PROCESS INLET). Liitä sovelluksessasi olevaan nesteen sisäänmenoon. Liitä sovelluksessasi olevaan nesteen ulostuloon. Käyttötarkoitus, kiertojäähdyttimet: Vesijäähdytteisissä jäähdyttimissä, liitä (FACILITY INLET) järjestelmän vedensyöttöön. Liitä Thermo Scientific kierto äähdyttimet on suunniteltu atkuvan nesteen syöttöön vakaassa lämpötilassa (FACILITY OUTLET) järjestelmän paluuveteen tai viemäriin. ja virtausarvossa. Jäähdytin koostuu ilma- tai vesijäähdytteisestä jäähdytysjärjestelmästä, Ennen jäähdyttimen käynnistystä, tarkista kaikki yhteyslinjat sekä sähkö- ja vesiliitokset. lämmönvaihtimesta, kiertopumpusta, prosessinesteen säiliöstä ja mikroprosessori-ohjaimesta. Jäähdyttimet on suunniteltu jatkuvaan käyttöön sisätiloissa tässä ohjekirjassa määriteltyjen menettelyjen ja vaatimusten mukaisesti. Ná hoibrigh riamh trealamh damáistithe nó trealamh atá ag sceitheadh. GA Treoracha Riachtanacha Sábháilteachta Fuarthóirí Athfhillteacha Ná húsáid leacht inadhainte nó creimneach riamh. Ná húsáid ach na leachtanna ceadaithe atá liostaithe sa lámhleabhar. Sula n-úsáidtear aon leacht nó sula ndéantar cothabháil ina bhféadfaí teagmháil a dhéanamh Má tá aon treoir ann nach dtuigtear, ceadaigh an lámhleabhar nó déan teagmháil linn sula dtéann tú leis an leacht, ceadaigh Leathanach Sonraí Sábháilteachta SA is déanaí an déantóra agus Leathanach níos faide. Sonraí Sábháilteachta an AE chun breis eolais a fháil. Sábháilteacht, gach táirge: Cas an trealamh as i gcónaí agus dícheangail é den voltas soláthair sula mbogann tú é. DANGER léiríonn sé staid ghuaiseach as a leanfaidh bás nó tromghortú, mura seachnaítear í. Iarr ar theicneoir cáilithe gach seirbhísiú agus deisiú a dhéanamh. Stóráil an trealamh sa raon teochta -25°C go 60°C (in éineacht leis an bpacáistiú), agus i dtaiseacht WARNING léiríonn sé staid ghuaiseach, a bhféadfadh bás nó tromghortú a bheith ina thoradh choibhneasta <80%. air, mura seachnaítear í. Níor chóir ach do dhéileálaí cáilithe, a úsáideann trealamh deimhnithe, an gléas a dhíchoimisiúnú. Ní mór cloí le gach rialachán atá i bhfeidhm. CAUTION léiríonn sé staid ghuaiseach, as a leanfaidh mionghortú nó dochar measartha, mura seachnaítear í. Úsáidtear é, leis, chun rabhadh a thabhairt i gcás cleachtais neamhshábháilte. Féadfaidh staid ghuaiseach agus cur ar neamhní bharánta an déantóra a bheith ina thoradh ar fheidhmiú nósanna imeachta suiteála, oibriúcháin nó cothabhála seachas iad siúd a ndéantar cur síos orthu sa lámhleabhar. ceaptha leis an úsáideoir a chur ar an eolas maidir le “voltas contúirteach” neamhinslithe laistigh d’imfhálú an fhuarthóra. Tá méid an voltais suntasach a dhóthain le bheith ina bhaol turrainge leictrí. Ná húsáid voltas líne riamh le haon cheann de na naisc chumarsáide ar an bhfuarthóir. D’fhéadfaí caidéal an fhuarthóra a dhamáistiú mura líontar an fuarthóir agus na línte leachta próisis go léiríonn sé dromchlaí te. hiomlán. Seachain rólíonadh, fairsingíonn leachtanna tar éis iad a théamh. Ar ThermoFlex, sula gcuirtear cásáil an taiscumair ar ais, cinntigh go bhfuil stopallóir liathróide thiúb radhairc an taiscumair daingnithe ina áit. léiríonn sé gur chóir an lámhleabhar a léamh. Ná hoibrigh an fuarthóir ThermoFlex900-5000 mura bhfuil idirleatóir leachta an taiscumair suiteáilte.
Ná húsáid an trealamh mar ghléas steiriúil ná mar ghléas a nasctar le hothar. Lena chois sin, níor ceapadh Ar Thermo hill, n l on os cionn na bile n sceithfidh an leacht amach as barr an umair ar an trealamh lena úsáid i Láithreacha Guaiseacha Aicme I, II nó III mar a shainmhínítear sa Chód Náisiúnta chomhpháirteanna an fhuarthóra. Leictreach. Má tá d’fhuarthóir trealmhaithe le caidéal dearfach díláithriúcháin (P1 nó P2), cinntigh go bhfuil línte agus Trealamh atá ceaptha le húsáid istigh amháin. Ná suigh riamh é in áit ina bhfuil teas iomarcach, taise, feistis phluiméireachta d’fheidhmiúcháin rátáilte chun ar a laghad 185 psi a sheasamh. aerú neamhdhóthanach nó ábhair chreimneacha. Ceadaigh an lámhleabhar go bhfeice tú na paraiméadair Ná húsáid oibreán frithreo uathghluaisneach. Tá sileacáit in oibreán frithreo uathghluaisneach a oibriúcháin. dhamáistíonn séalaí caidéil. Ceangail an trealamh d’asraon atá talmhaithe i gceart. Chun reo/gloiniú an mhalartóra plátaí a sheachaint, is gá, i gcás fhuarthóirí ThermoFlex7500-24000, 50/50 Is airde ná aer na cuisneáin a úsáidtear, agus má bhíonn sceitheadh ann, gabhfaidh siad áit na hocsaigine EG/uisce nó 50/50 PG/uisce faoi bhun 10°C de theocht próisis a úsáid. as a leanfaidh cailliúint comhfheasa. Dófar craiceann má bhíonn teagmháil idir craiceann agus cuisneán Agus meascán leachta próisis de EG/uisce nó PG/uisce á úsáid, seiceáil tiúchan an leachta agus an pH ar atá ag sceitheadh. Féach ainmphláta an dáileora go bhfeice tú an cineál cuisneáin a úsáidtear agus ansin bhonn rialta. Is féidir le hathruithe ar thiúchan agus ar pH difear a dhéanamh d’fheidhmíocht córais. féach Leathanach Sonraí Sábháilteachta SA is déanaí an déantóra, an rud a dtugtaí an MSDS air cheana, h s id cart s scagaire d -ian ch in (DI) le EG oiscthe n PG oiscthe. Bainfidh scagaire DI coscair agus Leathanach Sonraí Sábháilteachta an AE chun breis eolais a fháil. den tuaslagán a fhágfaidh an leacht neamhéifeachtach mar chosaint ar chreimeadh. Ina theannta sin, Bí cúramach agus tú ag bogadh an trealaimh. Is féidir le croitheadh nó ísliú tobann na comhpháirteanna a méadaíonn coscairí seoltacht leachta. dhamáistiú. Cas an trealamh as i gcónaí agus dícheangail é den voltas soláthair sula mbogann tú é. Is oibreáin chreimneacha iad bithicídí agus is féidir leo damáiste doleigheasta a dheánamh don tsúil Le Fuarthóirí Athfhillteacha a Shuiteáil: agus an craiceann a dhó. Déanann siad damáiste má dhéantar iad a análú, a shlogadh nó a ionsú tríd an Suigh an fuarthóir gar dá ghleas dícheangail, agus sa tslí go bhfuil fáil ar an ngléas sin go héasca. gcraiceann. Ceadaigh an SDS is déanaí ón déantóir. Tá an fuarthóir ceaptha le húsáid ar asraon tiomnaithe. Chun damáiste do mhalartóir plátaí an fhuarthóra a chosc, teastaíonn ráta íosta sreafa 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm) ó chaidéil lártheifeacha. Cinntigh go mbaintear gach plocóid seolta líne pluiméireachta sula ndéantar an tsuiteáil. Mura ndéantar an scagaire comhdhlúthadáin a ghlanadh/a athchur, cailltear cumas fuarthóra agus Tá na naisc leachta próisis suite ar chúl an fhuarthóra agus tá siad lipéadaithe (PROCESS d’fhéadfadh an córas fuaraithe teip roimh am. Chun glanadh iomlán a dhéanamh, bain cóimeáil na greille OUTLET (ASRAON PRÓISIS)) agus (PROCESS INLET (IONRAON PRÓISIS)). Ceangail tosaigh. an leis an ionraon leachta ar d’fheidhmiúchán. Ceangail an leis an asraon leachta ar d’fheidhmiúchán. Ar fhuarthóirí aerfhuaraithe bíonn an fhrámáil agus na heití atá suite laistigh de chóimeáil na greille tosaigh an-ghéar. I gcás fuarthóirí uiscefhuaraithe, ceangail an (FACILITY INLET (IONRAON SAORÁIDE)) le soláthar uisce do shaoráide. Ceangail an (FA ILIT OUTLET (ASRAO SAOR IDE)) le filleadh n draein Seachas an chóimeáil ghreille aerfhuaraithe, ná hoibrigh an fuarthóir riamh agus aon cheann de na painéil uisce do shaoráide. bainte. Sula dtosaítear an fuarthóir, seiceáil faoi dhó gach cumarsáid infheidhmithe, agus gach nasc leictreach Tá lanna géara sa bhfean i bhfuarthóirí uiscefhuaraithe ThermoFlex900-5000, féach chuige go bhfuil an agus pluiméireachta. fuarthóir casta as sula mbaintear an ghreille thosaigh.
Úsáid Cheaptha, Fuarthóirí Athfhillteacha: Dearadh fuarth ir athfhillteacha Thermo Scientific le sol thar lean nach leachta a shol thar ag teocht agus ar ráta sreafa seasmhach. Is éard atá san fhuarthóir córas cuisniúcháin aerfhuaraithe nó uiscefhuaraithe, teasmhalartóir, caidéal athfhillteach, taiscumar leachta próisis agus rialtóir micreaphróiseálaí. Tá fuarthóirí ceaptha le haghaidh oibriú leanúnach agus le húsáid laistigh de réir na nósanna imeachta agus na riachtanas atá luaite sa lámhleabhar a ghabhann leis. ikad nemo te koristiti o te enu opremu ili opremu ko a propu ta. HR Osnovne sigurnosne uput ikad nemo te koristiti zapal ive ili nagriza u e teku ine. Koristite samo odobrene teku ine navedene u priru niku. Pri e kori ten e bilo kakve teku ine ili obavl an a postupaka odr avan a u ko ima e v ero atno o ne razumi ete ilo o e o o ih uputa, po le a te priru ni ili nas onta tira te pri e ne o to do i do kontakta s teku inom, potra ite dodatne informaci e u na novi em sigurnosno-tehni kom listu za nasta ite SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet SDS) i sigurnosno-tehni kom listu za EU. Sigurnost, svi proizvodi: Pri e pom eran a oprema uvi ek e iskl u ite i iskop a te iz napona izvora napa an a. DANGER ozna ava neposrednu opasnost ko a e, ako se ne izb egne, uzrokovati smrt ili Servisiran e i popravke treba obavl ati kvalificirani serviser. te ku ozl edu. Opremu dr ite na rasponu temperature od - 5 do 0 (s pakiran em) i relativno vla nosti od 0 . WARNING ozna ava mogu u opasnu situaci u ko a, ako se ne izb egne, mo e uzrokovati smrt ili te ku ozl edu. Stavl an e izvan pogona mora obaviti iskl u ivo kvalificirani trgovac pomo u certificirane opreme. Mora u se sli editi svi va e i propisi.
CAUTION ozna ava mogu u opasnu situaci u ko a, ako se ne izb egne, mo e uzrokovati Obavl an e postupaka ugradn e, kori ten a ili odr avan a ko i nisu opisani u priru niku mo e dovesti do man u ili sredn e te ku ozl edu. Tako er se mo e koristiti da upozori na nesigurne radn e. opasne situaci e i poni tit e amstvo proizvo a a. ikad nemo te prim en ivati lini ski napon na komunikaci ske prikl u ke na rashladnom ure a u. upozorava korisnika na prisutnost neizoliranog opasnog napona unutar ku i ta rashladnog Ako ne napunite rashladni ure a i cri eva za radnu teku inu do kra a, mo e do i do o te en e pumpe ure a a. apon e dovol no velik da predstavl a opasnost od stru nog udara. rashladnog ure a a. emo te prepun avati er se teku ina iri prilikom zagri avan a. a rashladnom ure a u ThermoFlex, pri e zam ene ku i ta rezervoara potrebno e osigurati da ep ukazu e na prisutnost vru ih povr ina. indikatora razine u rezervoaru bude vrsto na m estu. Rashladni ure a ThermoFlex900-5000 nemo te koristiti ako difuzor rezervoara ni e ugra en. ukazu e da e potrebno pro itati priru nik. Ako e rashladni ure a opreml en volumetri skom pumpom (P1 ili P ), pazite da vodovodna cri eva i spo nice mogu podni eti na man e 1 5 psi. emo te koristiti opremu kao sterilni proizvod ili proizvod povezan na paci enta. Pored toga, oprema ni e emo te koristiti antifriz za automobile. Komerci alni antifriz sadr i silikate ko i o te u u brtve pumpe. predvi ena za upotrebu na opasnim lokaci ama klase I, II ili II prema definici ama acionalnog elektri nog Kako bi se spri e ilo smrzavan e plo astog izm en iva a, rashladni ure a i ThermoFlex 500- 4000 standarda (engl. ational Electrical ode). zahti eva u upotrebu sm ese od 50/50 etilen glikola/vode ili 50/50 propilen glikola/vode na radno Oprema e predvi ena iskl u ivo za upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima. ikad e nemo te postavl ati gd e temperaturi ispod 10 . e prisutna prekom erna toplina, vla nost, neodgovara u e prozra ivan e ili nagriza u i materi ali. Radni Prilikom upotrebe sm ese radne teku ine od etilen glikola/vode ili propilen glikola/vode, redovito parametri navedeni su u priru niku. prov erava te koncentraci u teku ine i p vri ednost. Prom ene u koncentraci i i p vri ednosti mogu Pove ite opremu na pravilno uzeml enu uti nicu. ut ecati na performanse sustava. Kori tena sredstva za hla en a te a su od zraka i, ako do e do curen a, zami enit e kisik te dovesti do emo te koristiti ulo ak filtra za deioniziran e s inhibiranim etilen glikolom ili inhibiranim propilen glikolom gubitka svi esti. Kontakt sa sredstvom za hla en e ko e curi uzroku e opekline. Pogleda te natpisnu plo icu Filtar za deioniziran e uklan a inhibitore iz otopine, to teku inu ini ned elotvornom u za titi od korozi e. cirkulatora za vrstu kori tenog sredstva za hla en e, a zatim potra ite dodatne informaci e u na novi em Pored toga, inhibitori pove ava u provodl ivost teku ine. Softver polarnog rashladnog ure a a mora se sigurnosno-tehni kom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet SDS), rani e poznatom kao MSDS, kao i prilagoditi kako bi odgovarao kori teno radno teku ini. sigurnosno-tehni kom listu za EU. Biocidi su nagriza u i i mogu uzrokovati nepopravl iva o te en a o i u i opekline. tetni su ako se udahnu, Oprezno pom era te opremu. aglo drman e ili ispu tan e opreme mo e o tetiti n ene komponente. Pri e proguta u ili upi u kroz ko u. Pogleda te na novi i sigurnosno-tehni ki list proizvo a a. pom eran a oprema uvi ek e iskl u ite i iskop a te iz napona izvora napa an a. Kako bi se spri e ilo o te en e plo astog izm en iva a rashladnog ure a a, centrifugalne pumpe zahti eva u , : minimalni protok od 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min). Postavite rashladni ure a tako da e blizu i ima ednostavan pristup svom ure a u za iskop avan e. Ako se filtar kondenzatora ne isti/mi en a, dolazi do gubitka kapaciteta hla en a i pri evremenog kvara Rashladni ure a e predvi en za upotrebu na nam ensko uti nici. sustava hla en a. Za temel ito i en e uklonite sklop predn e re etke. Obavezno skinite sve ambala ne epove vodovodnih cri eva pri e ugradn e. a zrakom hla enim rashladnim ure a ima okvir i vertikalni stabilizatori kondenzatora nalaze se iza sklopa Prikl u ci rashladne teku ine nalaze se sa stra n e strane rashladnog ure a a i ozna eni su sa predn e re etke i veoma su o tri.Izuzev zra no hla enog sklopa re etke nikad nemo te koristiti rashladni (PRO ESS OUTLET) (radni izlazni otvor) i (PRO ESS I LET) (radni ulazni otvor). Pove ite ure a kad e bilo ko a plo a skinuta. na ulazni otvor za teku inu na va em ure a u. Pove ite na izlazni otvor za teku inu na Vodom hla eni rashladni ure a i ThermoFlex900-5000 ima u ventilator s o trim lopaticama te stoga va em ure a u. rashladni ure a morate iskl u iti pri e skidan a predn e re etke. Kod vodom hla enih rashladnih ure a a pove ite (FA ILIT I LET) (ulazni otvor za postro en e) na vodovod postro en a. Pove ite (FA ILIT OUTLET) (izlazni otvor za postro en e) na povratni , : vod ili odvod postro en a. irkulira u i rashladni ure a i tvrtke Thermo Scientific predvi eni su za pru an e kontinuirane isporuke Pri e pokretan a rashladnog ure a a dvaput prov erite sve relevantne komunikaci ske, elektri ne i teku ine uz konstantnu temperaturu i protok. Rashladni ure a se sasto i od zrakom hla enog ili vodom vodovodne prikl u ke. hla enog rashladnog sustava, izm en iva a topline, cirkulira u e pumpe, rezervoara radne teku ine i kontrolera mikroprocesora. Rashladni ure a i su predvi eni za kontinuirani rad i prim enu u zatvorenim prostorima u skladu sa svim postupcima i zaht evima navedenim u n ihovim priru nicima. e haszn l on gy l kony vagy korroz v folyad kokat. sak a k zikönyvben szerepl , v hagyott folyad kot HU haszn l on. Miel tt b rmilyen folyad kot haszn lna, illetve olyan karbantart st v gezne, amely v rhat an folyad kkal val rintkez ssel r, ismerked en meg a gy rt legfrissebb amerikai biztons gi adatlap n a alamel i utas t st nem rti, lapozza fel a zi n et, a for ul on hozz n , miel tt (SDS) vagy eur pai biztons gi adatlap n szerepl inform ci kkal. folytatná a munkát. Mozgat s el tt mindig kapcsol a ki s v lassza le az ramforr sr l a berendez st. Biztonság – összes termék: A szervizel st s a av t st b zza k pzett szakemberre. DANGER Közvetlen veszélyhelyzetet jelez, amely halált vagy súlyos sérülést okoz, ha meg A berendez st - 5 s 0 közötti h m rs klet (csomagol ssal) s 0 alatti relat v p ratartalom mellett nem el zik. kell t rolni. Az üzemen k vül helyez st csak szakkeresked ha that a v gre, min s tett berendez s haszn lat val. WARNING Potenci lisan vesz lyes helyzetet elez, amely hal lt vagy s lyos s rül st okoz, ha Minden rv nyben l v el r st be kell tartani. meg nem el zik. A telep t si, üzemeltet si, illetve karbantart si el r soknak a k zikönyvben foglaltt l elt r v greha t sa vesz lyes helyzetet teremthet, s rv nytelenn teszi a gy rt garanci t. CAUTION Potenci lisan vesz lyes helyzetet elez, amely enyhe, vagy közepes s rül st okozhat, ha meg nem el zik. A nem biztons gos el r sokra is ez a elz s figyelmeztet. Soha ne vezessen h l zati feszülts get a h t kommunik ci s csatlakoz iba. a a h t s az üzemifolyad k-vezet tek nincsenek tel esen feltöltve, akkor k r keletkezhet a berendez s Vesz lyes m rt k , nem szigetelt feszülts g elenl t re figyelmezteti a felhaszn l t a h t szivatty ban. Tart zkod on a t ltölt st l, meleg t skor a folyad kok t gulnak. h z ban. A feszülts g nagys ga el g elent s ahhoz, hogy ramüt s vesz ly t elentse. ThermoFlex eset ben a tart ly h z nak cser e el tt gondoskod on arr l, hogy a tart ly vizsg l csöv nek goly s elz r a stabilan a hely n legyen. Forr felületek okozta vesz lyre figyelmeztet. ThermoFlex900 5000 eset ben ne üzemeltesse a h t t, am g nincs felszerelve a tart ly folyad kporlaszt a.
Azt elzi, hogy el kell olvasni a haszn lati utas t st. a a h t t rfogat-kiszor t sos szivatty val (P1 vagy P ) rendelkezik, akkor a rendszer cs vezet keinek s -szerelv nyeinek el kell viselnie legal bb 1 , bar (1 5 psi) nyom st. e haszn l a a berendez st steril vagy beteghez csatlakoztatott eszközk nt. Tov bb a berendez s nem e haszn l on aut ipari fagy ll t. A kereskedelemben kaphat fagy ll kban tal lhat szilik tok k rt tesznek haszn lhat a ational Electrical ode szabv ny ltal defini lt I., II. vagy III. oszt ly vesz lyes helyen. a szivatty töm t seiben. A berendez s csak belt rben haszn lhat . e helyezze a h t t olyan helyre, amelyet er s h , A lemezes h cser l fagy s nak/ egesed s nek megel z se rdek ben a ThermoFlex 500 4000 h t k nedvess g, el gtelen szell z s vagy korroz v anyagok elenl te ellemez. Az üzemi param terek 50/50 EG/v z, illetve 10 üzemi h m rs klet alatt 50/50 PG/v z haszn lat t ig nylik. megtal lhat k a k zikönyvben. EG/v z vagy PG/v z üzemifolyad k-kever k haszn lata eset n rendszeres id közönk nt ellen rizni kell a satlakoztassa a berendez st egy megfelel en földelt csatlakoz al zathoz. folyad k koncentr ci t s p - rt k t. A koncentr ci s a p - rt k v ltoz sa befoly solhat a a rendszer Az alkalmazott h t közegek nehezebbek a leveg n l, ez rt sziv rg s eset n kiszor t k az oxig nt, ami tel es tm ny t.Inhibitoros EG vagy inhibitoros PG eset n ne haszn l on deioniz l (DI) sz r bet tet. eszm letveszt st okoz. A sziv rg h t közeg a b rrel rintkezve fagy st okoz. A h t közeg t pusa fel van A DI-sz r elt vol t a az oldatb l az inhibitorokat, gy a folyad k hat stalan lesz a korr zi v delem tüntetve a berendez s adatt bl n, tov bbi inform ci kat pedig a gy rt legfrissebb amerikai biztons gi szempont b l. Az inhibitorok emellett növelik a folyad k vezet k pess g t. adatlap n (SDS, kor bbi nev n MSDS) vagy eur pai biztons gi adatlap n tal lhat. A biocidok s a korroz v anyagok visszaford thatatlan szemk rosod st s a b r g si s rül s t okozhat k. A berendez s mozgat sakor legyen vatos. A zökken sek vagy lee t s k rt tehet a berendez s Bel legezve, lenyelve s a b rön t felsz v dva is rtalmasak. Tov bbi inform ci kat a gy rt legfrissebb komponenseiben. Mozgat s el tt mindig kapcsol a ki s v lassza le az ramforr sr l a berendez st. biztons gi adatlap a tartalmaz. e üzemeltesse a berendez st, ha az s rült vagy sziv rog. A h t lemezes h cser l e s rül s nek megel z se rdek ben a centrifug lszivatty knak 15,1 l/perc (4,0 gallon/perc) minim lis t rfogat rammal kell m ködniük. A kondenz torsz r tiszt t s nak/cser nek elmulaszt sa a h t si kapacit s csökken s hez s a , : h t rendszer id el tti meghib sod s hoz vezet. gy helyezze el a h t t, hogy a megszak t a a közel ben, könnyen hozz f rhet helyen legyen. A gondos tiszt t s rdek ben t vol tsa el az elüls r csszerelv nyt. L gh t ses h t k eset ben az elüls A berendez st kife ezetten erre a c lra szolg l al zathoz kell csatlakoztatni. r csszerelv ny mögött tal lhat kondenz tor v za s bord zata nagyon les. Telep t s el tt t vol tsa el valamennyi cs vezet k sz ll t dug it. A l gh t ses r csszerelv nyt l eltekintve soha ne üzemeltesse a h t t elt vol tott panellel. Az üzemi folyad k csatlakoz sai a h t h tul n tal lhat k (PRO ESS OUTLET üzemi A v zh t ses ThermoFlex900 5000 h t kben les lap tokkal rendelkez ventil tor tal lhat . Az elüls r cs kimenet) s (PRO ESS I LET üzemi bemenet) c mk vel. A csatlakoz hoz elt vol t sa el tt gy z d ön meg arr l, hogy a h t ki van kapcsolva. csatlakoztassa a rendszer folyad kmenet t, a csatlakoz hoz pedig a folyad kkimenet t. V zh t ses h t eset n csatlakoztassa a l tes tm ny v zell t s t a (FA ILIT I LET , : l tes tm nybemenet) csatlakoz shoz. A (FA ILIT OUTLET l tes tm nykimenet) A Thermo Scientific recirkul ci s h t i folyamatos, lland h m rs klet s t rfogat ram folyad kell t s csatlakoz st csatlakoztassa a l tes tm ny v zvisszavezet rendszer hez vagy a lefoly hoz. biztos t s ra szolg lnak. A h t t egy l g- vagy v zh t ses h t rendszer, egy h cser l , egy rakeringet A h t elind t sa el tt b l ellen rizze az összes szüks ges kommunik ci s, elektromos s szivatty , egy üzemifolyad k-tart ly s egy mikroprocesszoros vez rl alkot a. cs vezet k-csatlakoz st. A h t k folyamatos belt ri üzemeltet sre szolg lnak a k zikönyvükben foglalt valamennyi el r s s követelm ny szem el tt tart s val. Prie prad dami naudoti bet kokius skys ius ar atlikdami prie i r , kurios metu gali pasitaikyti kontakt LT su skys iu, papildomos informaci os ie kokite gaminto o nau ausio e AV saugumo informaci os i klotin e (SDS) ir ES saugumo informaci os i klotin e. ei urios nors i i instru ci ra nesuprantamos, prie t s ami s ait ite a o ar a reip it s Prie perkeldami visuomet i unkite rang ir at unkite uo maitinimo tampos. mus Sauga, visi gaminiai: Aptarnavimo ir remonto kreipkit s kvalifikuot technik . DANGER nurodo nei vengiamai pavo ing situaci , kurios nei vengus, galima mirties arba Laikykite rang temperat ros intervale nuo - 5 iki 0 (su pakavimu) ir 0 santykin e dr gm e. rimto su alo imo baigtis. Eksploataci os nutraukim turi atlikti tik kvalifikuotas pardav as, naudo antis sertifikuot rang . Reikia laikytis vis galio an i nuostat . WARNING nurodo galimai pavo ing situaci , kurios nei vengus, galima mirties arba rimto Kitoki rengimo, naudo imo ir prie i ros proced r nei nurodyta vadove gali sukelti pavo ing situaci ir su alo imo baigtis. anuliuos gaminto o garanti . CAUTION iekada ne unkite lini os tampos prie bet kuri komunikacini ung i au intuve. nurodo galimai pavo ing situaci , kurios nei vengus, kyla nerimto arba vidutini ko e visi kai u pild ius au intuv darbini skys i lini os gali sugadinti au intuvo siurbl . Venkite perpildymo, su alo imo tikimyb . Taip pat galima prane ti, kai yra naudo ama nesaugiai. il skys iai ple iasi. ThermoFlex sistemo e prie pakeisdami rezervuaro korpus , sitikinkite, kad rezervuaro matomumo skirta prane ti naudoto ui, kai prie au intuvo yra neizoliuota pavo inga tampa . tampos dydis yra vamzdelio rutulinis kam telis yra saugiai statytas. gana svarbus ir gali sukelti elektros oko pavo . ThermoFlex900-5000 sistemo e nenaudokite au intuvo ei n ra rengtas rezervuaro skys io skirstytuvo. ei s au intuve yra st moklinis siurblys (P1 arba P ), u tikrinkite, kad s pritaikytas kanalizaci os nurodo esamus kar tus pavir ius. vamzdynas ir ungtys yra nominuoti atlaikyti ma iausiai 1 5 psi ( Thermo hill 115 psi, Merlin 110 psi). enaudokite automobilinio antifrizo. Komerciniuose antifrizuose yra silikat , kurie pa eid ia siurblio nurodo skaityti vadov . sandarum . Kad plok i keitiklis neu alt / nepasidengt ledu, ThermoFlex 500- 4000 au intuvams reikia naudoti enaudokite rangos kaip sterilaus ar prie paciento pri ungto prietaiso. Be to, ranga n ra skirtas naudoti I, II 50/50 EG / vanduo arba 50/50 PG / vanduo 10 emiau darbin s temperat ros. ir III klas s pavo ingose vietose, kaip nurodyta acionaliniame elektros kodekse. audodami darbinio skys io EG / vandens arba PG / vandens mi in , reguliariai tikrinkite skys io ranga yra sukurta tik naudoti vidu e. iekada ned kite o vieto e, kur yra per didelis kar tis, dr gm , koncentraci ir p . Koncentraci os ir p pakitimai gali tur ti takos sistemos veikimui. enaudokite netinkamas v dinimas arba korozini med iagos. Darbini parametr ie kokite vadove. De onizaci os (D ) filtro d ut s su EG inhibitoriumi arba PG inhibitoriumi. Pri unkite rang prie tinkamai eminto i vado. D filtras pa alins inhibitorius i mi inio ir padarys skys io apsaug nuo korozi os neefektyvi . Inhibitoriai audo ami au alai yra sunkesni nei oras ir, esant nutek imui, ie i stums deguon , d l ko galima prarasti taip pat didina specifin skys io laidum . s mon . Prisilietus prie i tek usi au al , galima nudegti od . audo amo au alo tipo ir gaminto o Biocidai sukelia korozi ir gali nepagydomai pa eisti akis ar nudeginti od . ie yra kenksmingi kv pus, nau ausios AV saugumo duomen i klotin s (SDS), anks iau inomos kaip MSDS bei ES saugumo nuri us ar sisavinus per od . au ausios SDS kreipkit s gaminto . duomen i klotin s papildomos informaci os ie kokite cirkuliatoriaus technini duomen lentel s. Kad au intuvo plok i keitiklis neb t sugadintas, i centriniams siurbliams reikia 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm) rang perkelkite atsargiai. Staig s krestel imai arba kritimai gali pa eisti os komponentus. Prie ma iausio tek imo srauto. perkeldami visuomet i unkite rang ir at unkite uo maitinimo tampos. ei valius / nepakeitus kondensatoriaus filtro gali suma ti au inimo apimtys ir tai gali baigtis pirmalaikiu iekada nenaudokite pa eistos ar tekan ios rangos. v sinimo sistemos gedimu. Visi kam i valymui i imkite priekini groteli s rank . iekada nenaudokite degi ar korozini skys i . audokite tik vadove i vardintus patvirtintus skys ius. Oru v sinamuose au intuvuose kondensatoriaus r mas ir ment s, esantys u priekini groteli s rankos, , : yra labai a tr s. Pastatykite au intuv , kad is b t arti ir lengvai pasiekiamo at ungimo prietaiso. Kitokiose nei oru v sinam au intuv groteli s rankose, niekada nenaudokite au intuvo su nuimtu Au intuvas yra skirtas naudoti su atskiru i vadu. skydeliu. Prie rengim , u tikrinkite, kad visi kanalizaci os vamzdyno transportavimo kam iai yra i imti. ThermoFlex900-5000 vandeniu v sinami au intuvai turi ventiliatorius su a triomis ment mis, prie Darbinio skys io ungtys yra au intuvo u pakaly e ir yra pa ym tos (PRO ESS OUTLET) nuimdami groteles, sitikinkite, kad au intuvas yra i ungtas. (DARBI IS I VADAS) ir (PRO ESS I LET) (DARBI IS VADAS). Pri unkite prie skys io vado s pritaikyme. Pri unkite prie skys io i vado s pritaikyme. , : Vandeniu v sinamiems au intuvams pri unkite (FA ILIT I LET) (KOMPLEKSO VADAS) prie Thermo Scientific recirkuliuo antys au intuvai yra sukurti tiekti nuolatin kiek tos pa ios temperat ros ir s komplekso vandens tiekimo. Pri unkite (FA ILIT OUTLET) (KOMPLEKSO I VADAS) prie tek imo srauto skys io. Au intuv sudaro oru arba vandeniu v sinama aldymo sistema, ilumokaitis, s komplekso vandens gr inimo arba drena o. recirkuliavimo siurblys, darbinio skys io rezervuaras ir mikroprocesorinis valdiklis. Prie paleisdami au intuv dar kart patikrinkite visas galimas komunikacines, elektros ir kanalizaci os Au intuvai yra sukurti nepertraukiamam veikimui ir tik naudo imui vidu e pagal visas proced ras ir ungtis. reikalavimus, i d stytus iame vadove. LV ek d gad um nelieto iet viegli uzliesmo o us vai koroz vus idrumus. Izmanto iet tikai apstiprin tos idrumus, kas nor d ti rokasgr mat . Pirms ebk da idruma lieto anas vai t du apkopes darbu a a no m instru ci m na saprotama, pirms turpin t ar u, s atiet ro as r matu ai veik anas, kuru laik iesp ams non kt saskar ar idrumu, skatiet papildinform ci u aun ka s ra ot a sazinieties ar mums nodro in ta s ASV dro bas datu lap s (SDS) un ES dro bas datu lap s. Pirms apr ko uma p rvieto anas vienm r to izsl dziet un atvieno iet no elektroapg des t kla. DANGER or da uz nopietnu apdraud umu, kas var izrais t n vi vai nopietnas traumas, a Apkalpo anu un remontu dr kst veikt tikai atbilsto i kvalific ti tehniskie speci listi. netiek nov rsts. Apr ko ums uzglab temperat ras diapazon no - 5 l dz 0 (ar iepako umu) un pie 0 relat v mitruma. WARNING or da uz potenci li b stamu situ ci u, kas var izrais t n vi vai nopietnas traumas, a Iz em anu no ekspluat ci as dr kst veikt tikai attiec gi kvalific ts izplat t s, izmanto ot sertific tu netiek nov rsta. apr ko umu. Ir iev ro visu piem ro amo likumdo anas aktu pras bas. a tiek veiktas uzst d anas, ekspluat ci as vai apkopes proced ras, kas at iras no a rokasgr mat CAUTION or da uz potenci li b stamu situ ci u, kas var izrais t vieglas vai m renas traumas, aprakst ta m, var rasties b stamas situ ci as, un tiek anul ta ra ot a garanti a. a netiek nov rsta. is apz m ums ar tiek izmantots, lai br din tu par nedro u r c bu. ek d gad um nepievieno iet l ni as spriegumu ebk diem dzes t a sakaru savieno umiem.
Br dina lietot u par neizol ta b stama sprieguma kl tb tni dzes t a korpus . Spriegums ir a dzes t s un tehnisk idruma l ni as nav piln b uzpild tas, var rasties dzes t a s k a bo umi. Ir pietiekami augsts, lai rad tu elektrotrieciena g anas risku. izvair s no p rm r gas uzpildes, o idrumi karstuma ietekm izple as. Pirms ThermoFlex rezervu ra korpusa nomai as nodro iniet, lai rezervu ra l me a indikatora lod tes or da uz karstu virsmu kl tb tni. aizturis b tu dro i nostiprin ts viet . Ier c m ThermoFlex900-5000 nedarbiniet dzes t u, kam r nav uzst d ts rezervu ra idruma difuzors.
or d ums las t rokasgr matu. a dzes t s ir apr kots ar virzu s kni (P1 vai P ), nodro iniet, lai ier ces caurules un savieno umi var tu iztur t vismaz 1 5 psi.
eizmanto iet apr ko umu k sterilu vai ar pacientu saist tu ier ci. Turkl t apr ko ums nav paredz ts lieto anai edr kst lietot automobi iem paredz tu antifr zu. Komerci li piee amais antifr zs satur silik tus, kas bo I, II vai III klases b stam s zon s atbilsto i ASV acion l s elektrotehnikas standartu sist mas pras b m. s k a bl v umus. Apr ko ums ir paredz ts lieto anai tikai sl gt s telp s. To nek d gad um nedr kst novietot viet , kur Lai nov rstu siltummai a pl k u sasal anu/apledo anu, ThermoFlex 500- 4000 dzes t iem past v p rm r ga karstuma, mitruma vai koroz vu vielu kl tb tne, vai ar nav piem rota ventil ci a. nepiecie ams lietot 50/50 EG/ dens vai 50/50 PG/ dens darba temperat rai zem 10 . Ekspluat ci as parametrus skatiet rokasgr mat . a tehniskais idrums ir EG/ dens vai PG/ dens mais ums, regul ri p rbaudiet idruma koncentr ci u Piesl dziet apr ko umu atbilsto i sazem tai kontaktligzdai. un p l meni. Koncentr ci as un p l me a izmai as var ietekm t sist mas veiktsp u. Izmantotie aukstuma enti ir smag ki par gaisu un nopl des gad um izspied s sk bekli, izraisot elieto iet de oniz ci as (DI) filtra kasetni ar inhib tu EG vai inhib tu PG. DI filtrs atdal s inhibitorus sama as zudumu. on kot saskar ar nopl du u aukstuma entu, rodas das apdegumi. Izmanto am no duma, padarot idrumu neefekt vu aizsardz bai pret korozi u. Inhibitori ar palielina idruma aukstuma enta veidu skatiet uz cirkulatora nomin lv rt bu pl ksn tes, savuk rt papildinform ci u skatiet vad tsp u. aun ka ra ot a nodro in ta ASV dro bas datu lap (SDS) (k dreiz MSDS), k ar ES dro bas datu Bioc di ir koroz vi un var izrais t neatgriezeniskus acu bo umus un das apdegumus. To iedarb ba ir lap . kait ga, a tie tiek ieelpoti, nor ti vai absorb ti caur du. Skatiet aun k s ra ot a nodro in t s SDS. P rvieto ot apr ko umu, iev ro iet piesardz bu. P k i satricin umi vai kri ana var sabo t t sast vda as. Lai nov rstu dzes t a siltummai a pl k u bo umu ra anos, centrif gas s k iem nepiecie amais Pirms apr ko uma p rvieto anas vienm r to izsl dziet un atvieno iet no elektroapg des t kla. minim lais caurpl dums ir 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). ek d gad um nedarbiniet apr ko umu, a tas ir bo ts vai tam ir s ce. a kondensatora filtrs netiek t r ts/nomain ts, tiek izrais ts dzes anas kapacit tes zudums un priek laic ga dzes anas sist mas atteice. Lai veiktu r p gu t r anu, no emiet priek o re i. ovieto iet dzes t u, lai tas atrastos atvieno anas ier ces tuvum un t b tu viegli piee ama. Dzes t iem ar gaisa dzes anu kondensatora r mis un ribas, kas atrodas aiz priek re a, ir oti asas. Dzes t s ir paredz ts pievieno anai pie atsevi as kontaktligzdas. Iz emot ier ces ar gaisa dzes anas re i, nek d gad um nedarbiniet dzes t u, a ir no emts k ds odro iniet, lai pirms uzst d anas b tu no emti visi transport anai paredz tie cauru u aizgrie i. panelis. Tehnisk idruma savieno umi atrodas dzes t a aizmugur un ir apz m ti k (PRO ESS ThermoFlex900-5000 dzes t iem ar dens dzes anu ir ventilators ar as m l psti m, t d pirms OUTLET) (DARBA IDRUMA IZPL DE) un (PRO ESS I LET) (DARBA IDRUMA priek re a no em anas nodro iniet, lai dzes t s b tu izsl gts. IEPL DE). Pievieno iet ier ces idruma iepl des vietai. Pievieno iet ier ces idruma izpl des vietai. Dzes t iem ar dens dzes anu pievieno iet (FA ILIT I LET) ( DE S PADEVE) Thermo Scientific recirkul ci as dzes t i ir paredz ti, lai nodro in tu past v gu idruma padevi ar izmanto am dens padevei. Dzes t iem ar dens dzes anu pievieno iet (FA ILIT konstantu temperat ru un pl smas trumu. Dzes t s sast v no dzes anas sist mas ar gaisa vai dens OUTLET) ( DE S IZPL DE) izmanto am dens atpl dei vai izvadei. dzes anu, siltummai a, recirkul ci as s k a, tehnsik idruma rezervu ra un mikroprocesoru kontrollera. Pirms dzes t a iedarbin anas v lreiz p rbaudiet visus sakaru, elektriskos un cauru u savieno umus. Dzes t i ir paredz ti past v gai darbin anai sl gt s telp s atbilsto i vis m proced r m un pras b m, kas nor d tas a rokasgr mat . att m g andek tu a fluwidi li istg u ie du n-nar ew li huma korru ivi. U a biss il-fluwidi approvati li huma MT Istruzzjonijiet Essenzjali tas-Sigurtà Recirculating Chillers elenkati fil-manwal. abel tu a kwalunkwe fluwidu ew twettaq manutenz oni fe n x aktarx se kun hemm kuntatt mal-fluwidu, irreferi g al US Safety Data Sheet (SDS) l-aktar ri enti tal-manifattur, u l-EU Safety e i a a minn a n l istruzz oni iet ma tinftihem , irreferi all man al e i untatt ana Data Sheet g al informazz oni addizz onali. qa el ma tippro e i De em itfi t-tag mir u skonnett ah minn mal-provvista tad-dawl tieg u qabel i aqilqu. Sigurtà: il-prodotti kollha: Irreferi s-service u t-tiswi iet lill-technician ikkwalifikat. DANGER indika sitwazz oni perikolu a b mod imminenti, li ekk ma ti ix evitata, se tirri ulta A en it-tag mir f medda ta temperatura ta - 5 sa 0 (bl-ippakk ar), u umdit relattiva ta 0 . f mewt ew f korriment ser u. Id-dekommiss onar irid isir biss minn a ent ikkwalifikat bl-u u ta tag mir i ertifikat. Ir-regolamenti prevalenti kollha ridu i u segwiti. WARNING indika sitwazz oni potenz alment perikolu a, li ekk ma ti ix evitata, tista tirri ulta f mewt ew f korriment ser u. Il-prestazz oni tal-pro eduri tal-installazz oni, operat, ew manutenz oni, lief dawk deskritti fil-manwal, istg u irri ultaw f sitwazz oni perikolu a, u dan se assar il-garanzi a tal-manifattur.
CAUTION indika sitwazz oni potenz alment perikolu a, li ekk ma ti ix evitata, tista tirri ulta att m g andek tapplika line voltage lil xi wa da mill-konness oni iet tal-komunikazz oni fuq i -chiller. f korriment g ir ew moderat. ista intu a wkoll biex iwissi kontra pratti i li mhumiex siguri. Li ma timliex i -chiller u l-process fluid lines kompletament, dan ista ag mel sara lill-pompa ta -chiller. Evita li timla e ed il-fluwidi espandu meta issa nu. intenz onat biex iwissi lill-utent dwar il-pre enza ta vulta perikolu mhux insulat fl-enclosure ta - Fuq ThermoFlex, qabel tibdel ir-reservoir housing, kun gur li r-reservoir sight tube ball stopper ikun f postu chiller. Il-qawwa tal-vulta hi sinifikanti bi e ed biex tikkostitwixxi risk u ta xokk elettriku. b mod sigur. Fuq ThermoFlex900-5000, t addimx i -chiller lief ekk ir-reservoir fluid diffuser ikun installat. indika l-pre enza ta w uh a arqu. ekk i -chiller tieg ek ikun mg ammar b positive displacement pump (P1 ew P ), a erta ru ek li l-application plumbing lines u l-fittings ikunu rated biex ifil u minimu ta 1 5 psi. indika biex dak li kun aqra l-manwal. Tu ax antifreeze tal-karozzi. Antifreeze kummer ali fih silicates li ag mlu sara lis-si illi tal-pompa. Biex tipprev eni l-iffri ar/glazing tal-plate exchanger, ThermoFlex 500- 4000 chillers e tie u l-u u ta 50/50 Tu ax it-tag mir b ala tag mir sterili ew tag mir li i i kkonnett at mal-paz ent. Barra minn hekk, it-tag mir EG/ilma ew 50/50 PG/ilma ta t it-temperatura tal-pro ess ta 10 . mhuwiex ma sub g all-u u f Posti iet Perikolu i ta Klassi I, II ew III kif definit min- ational Electrical ode. Meta tu a ta lita ta fluwidu tal-process ta EG/ilma ew PG/ilma, i ekk a l-kon entrazz oni tal-fluwidu u l-p Dan it-tag mir hu ma sub biex intu a fuq ewwa biss. att tpo ih f post fe n ikun hemm s ana e essiva, fuq ba i regolari. Bidliet fil-kon entrazz oni u l-p ista kollhom impatt fuq il-prestazz oni tas-sistema.Tu ax umdit , ventilazz oni inadegwata, ew mater ali korru ivi. Irreferi g all-manwal g all-parametri tal-operat. Deionization (DI) filter cartridge b Inhibited EG ew Inhibited PG. DI filter se ne i l-inibituri mis-soluzz oni u Ikkonnett a t-tag mir ma outlet li kun ert at kif suppost. dan ag mel il-fluwidu mhux effettiv kontra l-protezz oni mill-korru oni. Ir-refrigerants u ati huma itqal mill-ar a u, ekk ikun hemm tnixxi a, se issostitwixxu l-ossi nu u ikkaw aw Il-bi o idi huma korru ivi u istg u ikkaw aw sara irriversibbli fl-g a ne n u ruq tal- ilda. Dawn huma li wie ed intilef minn sensih. Kuntatt ma refrigerant li kun qed inixxi se ikkaw a ruq tal- ilda. Irreferi perikolu i ekk in ibdu man-nifs, inbelg u ew i u assorbiti mill- ilda. Irreferi g all-SDS l-aktar ri enti tal- g as-circulator nameplate g at-tip ta refrigerant u at u mbag ad g al US Safety Data Sheet (SDS) l-aktar manifattur. ri enti tal-manifattur, li qabel kienet mag rufa b ala MSDS, u l-EU Safety Data Sheet g al informazz oni Biex tipprev eni sara li -chiller s plate exchanger, centrifugal pumps e tie u rata minima ta irkolazz oni addizz onali. ta 4.0 gpm (15.1 lpm). aqlaq it-tag mir b attenz oni. Skossi g all-g arrieda ew li twaqqa t-tag mir, istg u ag mlu sara lill- Li ma tnaddafx/tibdilx il-condenser filter, se ikkaw a telf tal-kapa it ta tkessi u wassal g al sara komponenti tieg u. De em itfi t-tag mir u skonnett ah minn mal-provvista tad-dawl tieg u qabel i aqilqu. prematura tas-sistema ta tkessi . Biex tnaddaf bir-reqqa, ne i l-front grill assembly. att m g andek t addem tag mir bil- sara ew tag mir li kun qed inixxi. Fuq air-cooled chillers, il-condenser framing u fins li insabu wara l-front grill assembly, aqtg u afna. , : lief g all-air-cooled grill assembly, qatt m g andek t addem i -chiller bi kwalunkwe panel imne i. Po i -chiller b tali mod li kun qrib, u kun hemm a ess fa li, g at-tag mir ta skonnett ar tieg u. ThermoFlex900-5000 water-cooled chillers g andhom fan bi blades aqtg u a erta ru ek li -chiller ikun I -chiller hu ma sub g all-u u fuq dedicated outlet. mitfi qabel ma tne i l-grill ta quddiem. Kun gur li l-plumbing line shipping plugs itne ew kollha qabel l-installazz oni. , : Il-konness oni iet tal-process fluid insabu fuq in-na a ta wara ta -chiller u huma ttikkettati Thermo Scientific recirculating chillers huma ma suba biex ipprovdu provvista kontinwa ta fluwidu b rata (PRO ESS OUTLET) u (PRO ESS I LET). Ikkonnett a l- mal-fluid inlet fuq kostanti ta temperatura u fluss. I -chiller ikkonsisti minn sistema ta refri erazz oni mkess a bl-ar a ew l-applikazz oni tieg ek. Ikkonnett a l- mal-fluid outlet fuq l-applikazz oni tieg ek. mkess a bl-ilma, recirculating pump, process fluid reservoir u microprocessor controller. G al water-cooled chillers ikkonnett a l- (FA ILIT I LET) mal-provvista tal-facility water I -chillers huma ma suba biex a dmu l- in kollu u biex intu aw fuq ewwa, skont il-pro eduri u r-rekwi iti tieg ek. Ikkonnett a l- (FA ILIT OUTLET) mal-facility water return ew drain tieg ek. kollha deskritti fil-manwali tag hom. abel ma tistart a -chiller, er a ekk a l-konness oni iet tal-komunikazz oni, tal-elettriku u tal- plumbing applikabbi kollha. do poparze sk ry. Aby uzyska wi ce informac i, patrz tabliczka znamionowa cyrkulatora, na kt re PL oznaczono typ wykorzystywanego czynnika ch odniczego, na nowsza karta charakterystyki substanc i niebezpieczne US (SDS) producenta wcze nie znana ako MSDS, a tak e karta charakterystyki prz pa u niezrozumienia t r ch ol ie z ninie sz ch instru c i, prze prz st pieniem o substanc i niebezpieczne EU. alsz ch prac nale zapozna si z instru c o s u i lu s onta to a si z nami Podczas transportowania sprz tu niezb dne est zachowanie nale yte ostro no ci. ag e wstrz sy lub , : upadek mog skutkowa uszkodzeniem podzespo w. Przed przyst pieniem do transportowania sprz tu DANGER wskazu e na sytuac bezpo redniego zagro enia, kt ra bez pod cia rodk w nale y pami ta o ego wy czeniu oraz od czeniu od napi cia zasila cego. zaradczych doprowadzi do mierci lub powa nych obra e cia a. igdy nie obs ugiwa uszkodzonego lub nieszczelnego sprz tu. igdy nie stosowa p yn w palnych lub powodu cych koroz . Korzysta wy cznie z zatwierdzonych WARNING wskazu e na sytuac potenc alnie niebezpieczn , kt ra bez pod cia rodk w p yn w wymienionych w instrukc i obs ugi. Przed u yciem akiegokolwiek p ynu lub przyst pieniem zaradczych mo e doprowadzi do mierci lub powa nych obra e cia a. do akichkolwiek prac konserwacy nych, gdy prawdopodobny est kontakt z p ynem patrz na nowsza karta charakterystyki substanc i niebezpieczne US (SDS), a tak e karta charakterystyki substanc i CAUTION wskazu e na sytuac potenc alnie niebezpieczn , kt ra bez pod cia rodk w niebezpieczne EU. zaradczych doprowadzi do drobnych lub umiarkowanych obra e cia a. Ponadto b dzie wykorzystywana do Przed przyst pieniem do transportowania sprz tu nale y pami ta o ego wy czeniu oraz od czeniu od zg aszania niebezpiecznych zachowa . napi cia zasila cego. Prace serwisowe oraz naprawcze nale y zleci wykwalifikowanemu technikowi. ostrzega u ytkownika o niezaizolowanym niebezpiecznym napi ciu w obr bie obudowy Sprz t nale y przechowywa w temperaturach - 5 do 0 (w opakowaniu) oraz przy zachowaniu ch odziarki. Warto bezwzgl dna napi cia est na tyle wysoka, by nie za sob ryzyko pora enia pr dem 0 wilgotno ci wzgl dne . elektrycznym. Wycofanie z eksploatac i mo e zosta przeprowadzone wy cznie przez wykwalifikowanego sprzedawc wykorzystu cego sprz t posiada cy niezb dne atesty. iezb dne est przestrzeganie wszystkich ostrzega przed gor cymi powierzchniami. obowi zu cych przepis w. Wykonywanie czynno ci monta owych, konserwacy nych lub obs uga odbiega ca od wytycznych nakazu e przeczyta instrukc obs ugi. opisanych w instrukc i obs ugi mo e skutkowa niebezpiecznymi sytuac ami oraz utrat gwaranc i producenta. ie u ywa sprz tu, ako urz dzenia sterylnego ani ma cego kontakt z pac entem. Ponadto sprz t nie est igdy nie stosowa napi cia mi dzyprzewodowego na adnym ze z czy komunikacy nych ch odziarki. przeznaczony do zastosowa w obr bie Lokalizac i iebezpiecznych, Klasy I, II lub III okre lonych przez e li ch odziarka oraz przewody rurowe medium ch odz cego nie zostan ca kowicie wype nione mo e Kra owe ormy Elektryczne. to doprowadzi do uszkodzenia pompy ch odziarki. Unika przepe nienia. P yny pod wp ywem ciep a Sprz t zosta stworzony wy cznie do u ytku wewn trz pomieszcze . igdy nie nale y go umieszcza w zwi ksza swo ob to . mie scu, gdzie wystawiony b dzie na dzia anie zbyt wysokich temperatur, wilgoci, materia w powodu cych W przypadku ThermoFlex przed dokonaniem wymiany obudowy zbiornika zadba o odpowiednie koroz lub w lokalizac ach o nieodpowiednie wentylac i. Aby zapozna si z parametrami roboczymi, patrz zabezpieczenie kulowego ogranicznika wska nika poziomu zbiornika. instrukc a obs ugi. W przypadku urz dzenia ThermoFlex900-5000, ch odziarki nie nale y u ywa , e li nie zosta Sprz t pod czy do odpowiednio uziemionego gniazdka. zamontowany dyfuzor p yn w zbiornika. Wykorzystywane czynniki ch odnicze s ci sze od powietrza, dlatego w przypadku nieszczelno ci zast pi e li ch odziarka wyposa ona zosta a w pomp wyporow (P1 b d P ) nale y sprawdzi czy rury tlen, co doprowadzi do utraty przytomno ci. Kontakt z wycieka cym czynnikiem ch odniczym doprowadzi kanalizacy ne oraz czniki s w stanie wytrzyma ci nienie o warto ci minimum 1 5 psi. ie stosowa samochodowych p yn w zapobiega cych zamarzaniu. Komercy ne rodki zapobiega ce , : zamarzaniu zawiera krzemiany uszkadza ce uszczelnienie pompy. h odziarki recyrkulacy ne Thermo Scientific zosta y stworzone z my l o ci g ym dostarczaniu Aby zapobiec zamarzaniu/oblodzeniu wymiennika p ytkowego w przypadku ch odziarek p ynu o sta e temperaturze i sta ym tempie przep ywu. h odziarka sk ada si z uk adu ch odzenia ThermoFlex 500- 4000 niezb dne est stosowanie mieszaniny 50/50 EG/woda lub 50/50 PG/woda przy powietrzem lub wod , wymiennika ciep a, pompy recyrkulacy ne , zbiornika na p yn ch odniczy oraz temperaturze procesu nieprzekracza ce 10 . sterownika mikroprocesorowego. W przypadku wykorzystywania mieszaniny medi w ch odz cych t . EG/woda lub PG/woda nale y regularnie h odziarki zosta y zapro ektowane do pracy ci g e oraz do u ytku w pomieszczeniach zgodnie ze sprawdza zar wno st enie p ynu, ak i p . Zmiany st enia i p mog wp yn na wyda no uk adu. ie wszystkimi procedurami i wymogami okre lonymi w ich instrukc ach obs ugi. nale y stosowa wk adu filtra de onizacy nego (DI) ze stabilizowanym EG lub PG. Filtr DI usunie inhibitory z roztworu przez co p yn nie b dzie zapewnia ochrony przeciwkorozy ne . Ponadto, inhibitory zwi ksza , : przewodno p ynu. h odziark nale y umie ci w pobli u e urz dzenia wy cza cego pami ta c o zapewnieniu do Biocydy posiada w a ciwo ci korozy ne i mog doprowadzi do nieodwracalnego uszkodzenia oczu niego atwego dost pu. b d poparze sk ry. Wdychanie, po kni cie lub wch oni cie przez sk r est szkodliwe dla zdrowia. Patrz na nowsza charakterystyka substanc i niebezpieczne producenta. h odziark nale y pod czy do przeznaczonego dla nie gniazdka. Aby zapobiec uszkodzeniu p ytki wymiennika ch odziarki niezb dne est zapewnienie na pompie przep ywu Zadba o to, aby przed instalac zdemontowane zosta y wszystkie za lepki przewod w wynosz cego minimum 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). wodoci gowych za o one na czas transportu. Zaniechanie czyszczenia/wymian filtra kondensatora doprowadzi do spadku wyda no ci ch odnicze oraz Z cza p ynu ch odniczego zna du si w tylne cz ci ch odziarki i zosta y odpowiednio oznaczone przedwczesne awarii uk adu ch odzenia. W celu dok adnego wyczyszczenia nale y zd okratowanie etykietami (PRO ESS OUTLET - wylot) oraz (PRO ESS I LET - wlot). Pod czy przednie. do wlotu p ynu po stronie zastosowania. Pod czy do wylotu p ynu po stronie zastosowania. W przypadku ch odziarek ch odzonych powietrzem, obramowanie kondensatora oraz eberka zna du ce si za przednim okratowaniem ma bardzo ostre kraw dzie. Podczas pracy wszystkie panele powinny W przypadku ch odziarek ch odzonych wod pod czy (FA ILIT I LET - wlot) do zasilania zna dowa si na swoich mie scach. wod zak adow . Pod czy (FA ILIT OUTLET - wylot) do przewodu powrotnego wody zak adowe lub spustu. Wy tkiem est okratowanie zespo w ch odzonych powietrzem. Przed uruchomieniem ch odziarki nale y ponownie sprawdzi wszystkie po czenia oraz z cza ThermoFlex900-5000 ch odzone wod wyposa one zosta y w wentylator posiada cy ostre opaty. Przed elektryczne i wodoci gowe. zd ciem przedniego okratowania upewni si , e ch odziarka zosta a wy czona. u opera i niciodat echipament avariat sau care prezint scurgeri. RO u folosi i niciodat lichide inflamabile sau corozive. Folosi i numai lichidele aprobate care sunt enumerate n manual. onsulta i cea mai actual Fi cu Date de Siguran SUA (FDS) i Fi a cu Date de Siguran onsulta i manualul sau contacta i ne nainte e a mer e mai eparte ac oricare intre aceste UE pentru informa ii suplimentare nainte de folosi orice lichid sau de a efectua lucr ri de ntre inere c nd instruc iuni sunt pe eplin n elese exist ansa de a intra n contact cu lichide. , : nainte de a-l transporta opri i mereu echipamentul i deconecta i-l de la tensiunea de alimentare. DANGER indic o situa ie periculoas iminent care, n cazul n care nu se evit , poate cauza Repara iile i ntre inerea se efectueaz de c tre tehnicienii califica i. moarte sau v t mare corporal grav . Echipamentul se depoziteaz la temperaturi aflte ntre - 5 to 0 (cu ambala ) i 0 umiditate relativ . WARNING indic o situa ie poten ial periculoas care dac nu se evit poate cauza moartea sau r nirea grav . Retragerea din func ionare se efectueaz numai de c tre un furnizor calificat folosind echipament certificat. Trebuie s se respecte toate prevederile curente.
CAUTION indic o situa ie poten ial periculoas care dac nu se evit poate cauza r ni minore Performan a instala iei, operarea sau procedurile de ntre inere pe l ng cele descrise n manual pot s sau moderate. Se folose te i pentru a aten iona mpotriva practicilor periculoase. cauzeze situa ii periculoase sau se anuleze garan ia produc torului. iciodat s nu aplica i tensiune de linie la conexiunile de comunicare ale aparatului frigorific. menit s aten ioneze utilizatorul cu privire la prezen a volta ului periculos neizolat din incinta Pompa aparatului frigorific ar putea fi avariat dac apartul frigorific nu se umple complet i dac evile aparatului frigorific. Magnitudinea volta ului este destul de mare pentru prezenta risc de oc electric. pentru lichidul de procesare sunt avariate. Evita i umplerea n exces, lichidele se dilat la c ldur . Asigura i-v c bila de oprire de la indicatorul de nivel al rezervorului este bine fixat nainte de a pune indic prezenta suprafe elor ncinse. carcasa rezervorului pentru ThermoFlex. n cazul ThermoFLex900-5000, nu opera i aparatul frigorific dec t dac difuzorul de lichid al rezervorului indic citirea manualului. este instalat. Dac aparatul frigorific este echipat cu o pomp de refulare(P1 sau P ), asigura i-v c liniile de instala ie i u folosi i echipamentul ca dispozitiv steril sau dispozitiv conectat la pacient. n plus, echipamentul nu este garniturile sunt capabile se reziste la cel pu in 1 5 psi. conceput pentru a se folosi n Locuri Periculoase din lasele I, II sau III conform defini iilor odului Electric n cazul aparatelor de r cire Merlin cu pompe MD nu se restric ioneaz niciodat complet curgerea pentru a ional. aplica ie. Blocarea pompei avariaz cupla ul i va fi necesar nlocuirea pompei. Echipamentul este conceput doar pentru uz intern. u se plaseaz niciodat n locuri sau unde se afl u folosi i antigel pentru automobile. Antigelul comercial con ine silica i care pot avaria izola ia pompei. niveluri crescute de c ldur , umezeal sau substan e corozive. onsulta i manualul de utilizare pentru Pentru a preveni nghe area schimb torului de plac , aparatele frigorificeThermoFlex 500- 4000 necesit parametrii opera ionali. folosirea apei50/50 EG/ sau a apei 50/50 PG/ sub 10 -temperatur de procesare. onecta i echipamentul la o priz mp m ntat corespunz tor. nd se folose te un ameste de lichid de procesare cu ap /EG sau ap /PG se verific regulat concentra ia Agen ii frigorifici folosi i sunt mai grei dec t aerului, iar dac exist o scurgere ei vor nlocui oxigenul i vor lichidului i a p -ului. Schimb rile concentra iei i a Ph-ului afecteaz randamentul instala iei. u folosi i cauza pierderi de con tien . ontactul cu scurgerile de agent frigorific poate cauza ardere la nivelul pielii. cartu de filtrare deionizant cu EG Inhibat sau PG Inhibat. onsulta i pl cu a de identificare a propagatorului pentru tipul de agent frigorific folosit i apoi cea mai Filtrul deionizant va ndep rta inhibitorii din solu ie, iar lichidul nu va avea niciun efect de protec ie mpotriva actual Fi cu Date de Siguran SUA(FDS) a produc torului cunoscut drept MSDS i Fi a cu Date de coroziunii. De asemenea, inhibitorii vor m ri conductivitatea lichidului. Siguran UE pentru informa ii suplimentare. Biocidele au efect coroziv i pot cauza r ni ireversibile la nivelul ochilor i arsuri de piele. Sunt toxice dac Echipamentul se transport cu gri . Zguduielile sau c derile pot avaria componentele. nainte de a-l se inhaleaz , dac se nghit sau dac se absorb prin piele. onsulta i cea mai recent Fi cu Date de transporta opri i mereu echipamentul i deconecta i-l de la tensiunea de alimentare. Siguran de la produc tor. Pompele centriguale au nevoie de o rat minim de curgere de 4.0 gpm (15.1 Ipm) pentru a preveni , : avarierea schimb torului de plac al aparatului frigorific. Plasa i aparatul frigorific n a a fel nc t s fie aproape i s aib acces u or la aparatul de Dac nu se cur / nlocuie te filtrul de condensare se poate a unge la sc derea capacit ii de r cire i deconectare. la erori premature ale sistemului de r cire. Pentru a efectua cur area n profunzime se ndep rteaz Aparatul frigorific este conceput pentru a se folosi la o priz dedicat . ansamblul frontal de grila . Asigura i-v c toate toate mufele de transport de la linia de instala ie s-au ndep rtat nainte de La aparatele frigorifice r cite cu aer, cadrul i muchiile de condens din spatele grila ului frontal sunt foarte instalare. ascu ite. onexiunile pentru lichid de procesare se g sesc pe latura din spate a aparatului de r cire i sunt u opera i aparatul frigorific dac panourile sunt ndep rtate n afar de ansamblul de gri ale pentru r cire etichetate (PRO ESS OUTLET) (EVA UARE PRO ES) i (PRO ESS I LET) cu aer. (ADMISIE PRO ES). onecta i la admisia de lichid de la aplica ia dumneavoastr . onecta i Aparatele frigorifice ThermoFlex900-5000 r cite cu ap au un ventilator cu lame ascu ite. Asigura i-v c la evacuarea de lichid de la aplica ia dumneavoastr . aparatul frigorific este scos din func iune nainte s ndep rta i grila ul. Pentru aparatele frigorifice r cite cu ap se conecteaz (ADMISIE I STALA IE) la instala ia de alimentare cu ap . onecta i (FA ILIT I LET) (EVA UARE I STALA IE) la instala ia de , : ntoarcere sau scurgere pentru ap . Aparatele frigorifice Thermo Scientific sunt concepute pentru a asigura alimentarea continu cu lichid la nainte s porni i aparatul frigorific verifica i de dou ori comunicarea aplicabil , conexiunile electrice i temperatur i rat de curgere constant . Aparatul frigorific este alc tuit din sistem frigorific r cit cu aer sau conexiunile de la instala ie. cu ap , un schimb tor de c ldur , pomp de recirculare, rezervor pentru lichid de procesare i un controler cu microprocesor. Aparatele frigorifice sunt concepute pentru operare continu i pentru uz intern conform tuturor procedurilor i condi iilor prev zute n manualul lor. ikoli ne uporabl a te vnetl ivih ali edkih teko in. Uporabite le odobrene teko ine, navedene v predmetnih SL Osnovna varnostna navodila Recirkulacijski ohlajevalniki navodilih za uporabo. Preden uporabite katerokoli teko ino ali opravite vzdr evan e, pri katerem e ver eten stik s teko ino pregle te na nove i varnostni list ZDA (SDS) in varnostni listu EU, k er bosta na li e ne razumete atere a oli na o ila, si po le te na o ila za upora o ali stopite sti z nami, e podrobne e informaci e. pre en na al u ete Preden premikate opremo, o vedno izklopite in odklopite z omre nega napa an a. Varnost - vsi izdelki: DANGER Servis in popravila lahko izva a le ustrezno usposobl en tehnik Opozar a na akutne nevarne okoli ine, ki lahko e se im ne izognete povzro i o Shranite opremo pri temperaturi med - 5 in 0 (z embala o) in relativno zra no vlago 0 . resne ali celo smrtno nevarne po kodbe. Razgradn o naprave lahko opravi le ustrezno usposobl en zastopnik, ki uporabl a odobreno opremo. Uporabl a te vse vel avne zadevne predpise. WARNING Opozar a na morebitno nevarne okoli ine, ki lahko e se im ne izognete Izva an e kakr nihkoli postopkov, povezanih z monta o, delovan em ali vzdr evan em, ki niso navedeni v teh povzro i o resne ali celo smrtno nevarne po kodbe. navodilih, lahko povzro i nevarne okoli ine in izni i vel avnost garanci e proizva alca.
CAUTION Opozar a na akutne nevarne okoli ine, ki lahko e se im ne izognete povzro i o ikoli ne prikl u ite omre ne napetosti na katerikoli komunikaci ski prikl u ek ohla evalnika. la e ali sredn e nevarne po kodbe. Uporabl a se tudi kot opozorilo proti nevarni praksi. e ohla evalnik in cevi za procesni medi niso polni, lahko sledn e po kodu e rpalko ohla evalnika. Prepre ite prenapoln enost, teko ine se pri ogrevan u razteza o.
opozar a na bli ino neizolirane nevarne napetosti v ohi u ohla evalnika. apetost e dovol visoka, da Pri modelu ThermoFlex pred zamen avo ohi a rezervoar a preverite, ali e krogelni ventil s pregledno cev o lahko povzro i elektri ni ok. pravilno name en. Pri modelu ThermoFlex900-5000 ne vklopite ohla evalnika, e ni name en difuzor za teko ino v opozar a na vro e povr ine. rezervoar u. e e ohla evalnik opreml en s rpalko, ki ima pozitivni izpodriv (P1 ali P ), poskrbite, da vodovodne cevi in
opozar a, da e potrebno prebrati navodila. fitingi prenese o tlak vsa 1 , bar (1 5 PSI). e uporabl a te avtomobilskega antifriza. Antifrizi iz redne proda e vsebu e o silikate, ki lahko po kodu e o
e uporabl a te aparata kot sterilno napravo, ali napravo, povezane z bolnikom. Poleg tega naprava tesnila rpalke. ni na rtovana za uporabo v napravah, ki delu e o v nevarnih okol ih I., II. in II. razreda po dolo ilih Zaradi prepre evan a zmrzovan a/zaledenitve ploskega izmen evalnika, zahteva o ohla evalniki acionalnega pravilnika za elektri ne naprave. ThermoFlex 500- 4000 uporabo 50/50 EG/voda ali 50/50 PG/voda pri procesni temperaturi, ni i od 10 . aprava e na rtovana za uporabo v zaprtih prostorih. ikoli ne postavite naprave na mesto z visoko e uporabl ate procesno teko ino EG/voda ali PG/voda, redno prever a te koncentraci o in p teko ine. temperaturo, vlago, nezadostnim prezra evan em in edkimi snovmi. Delovni parametri so navedeni v Spremembe koncentraci e in p lahko vpliva o na zmogl ivost sistema. navodilih. e uporabite kartu e deionizaci skega (DI) filtra z inhibiranim EG ali PG. Filter DI bo odstranil inhibitor e iz Prikl u ite napravo v pravilno ozeml eno vti nico. raztopine, kar pomeni, da teko ina ne bo ve itila pred korozi o. Inhibitor i poleg tega pove a o prevodnost Uporabl ena hladilna sredstva so te a od zraka. e obsta a o netesna mesta, bodo izpodrinila kisik in teko ine. povzro ila izgubo zavesti. Stik z uha a o im hladilnim sredstvom bo povzro il ozebline. Dodatne informaci e Biocidi so korozivni in lahko nepopravl ivo po kodu e o o i in povzro i o ko ne opekline. kodi o pri boste na li na cirkulator evi plo ici s podatki, na kateri e naveden tip hladilnega sredstva, na nove em vdihavan u, zau it u ali absorpci i skozi ko o. Preverite proizva al ev na nove i SDS. varnostnem listu za ZDA (SDS), ki e bil pre poznan pod nazivom MSDS in varnostnem listu za EU. Zaradi prepre evan a po kodb ohla evalnikovega plo atega izmen evalnika, zahteva centrifugalna rpalka Previdno premika te opremo. enadni sunki ali padci lahko po kodu e o n ene dele. Preden premikate pretok na man 4,0 g/m (15,1 l/m). opremo, o vedno izklopite in odklopite z omre nega napa an a. e ne o istite/zamen ate filtra kondenzator a, lahko sledn e povzro i zman an e hladilne zmogl ivosti in ikoli ne dela te z opremo, ki e po kodovana ali pu a. pred asno odpoved hladilnega sistema. Pri temel item i en u odstranite predn o masko. Pri zra no hla enih ohla evalnikih so okvir in lamele, ki se naha a o za predn o re etko zelo ostri. Namestitev, ohlajevalnik z recirkulacijo: Razen pri zra no hla enem sklopu mre e nikoli ne uporabl a te ohla evalnika, e e odstran en katerikoli amestite ohla evalnik v bli ino, da imate enostaven dostop do odklopne naprave. panel. Ohla evalnik e namen en za uporabo na posebni vti nici. Vodno hla eni ohla evalniki ThermoFlex900-5000 ima o ventilator e z ostrimi lopaticami. Preverite ali e Pred monta o preverite, ali so z vseh cevi odstran eni transportni epi. ohla evalnik izklopl en preden odstranite predn o mre o. Procesne povezave za teko ino se naha a o na zadn i strani ohla evalnika in so ustrezno ozna ene PRO ESS OUTLET (PRO ES A VTI I A) in PRO ESS I LET (PRO ES I Namenska uporaba, recirkulacijski ohlajevalniki: DOVOD). Prikl u ite na vhod za teko ine va e aplikaci e. Prikl u ite na dovod za teko ine Recirkulaci ski ohla evalniki Thermo Scientific so na rtovani za nenehen dovod teko ine z enekomerno va e aplikaci e. temperaturo in pretokom. Ohla evalnik e sestavl en iz zra no ali vodno hla enega hladilnega sistema, Pri vodno hla enih ohla evalnikih prikl u ite FA ILIT I LET (DOVOD APRAVE) na dovod toplotnega izmen evalnika, obto ne rpalke, rezervoar em procesirane teko ine va e naprave. Prikl u ite FA ILIT OUTLET (ODVOD PRAVE) na povratni vod ali iztok va e Ohla evalniki so na rtovani za neprekin eno obratovan e v zaprtih prostorih v skladu z vsemi postopki in naprave. zahtevami, navedenimi v tem priro niku. Pred vklopom ohla evalnika dvakrat preverite vse razpolo l ive komunikaci e ter elektri ne in vodovodne povezave. Oprezno pomera te opremu. aglo drman e ili ispu tan e opreme mo e da o teti n ene komponente. Pre SR Osnovna bezbednosna uputstva pomeran a opreme uvek e iskl u ite i iskop a te iz napona izvora napa an a. ikad nemo te da koristite o te enu opremu ili opremu ko a propu ta. o ne razumete ilo o a o o ih uputsta a, po le a te priru ni ili nas onta tira te pre ne o to ikad nemo te da koristite zapal ive ili nagriza u e te nosti. Koristite samo odobrene te nosti ko e su nastavite. navedene u priru niku. Pre kori en a bilo kakve te nosti ili obavl an a postupaka odr avan a u ko ima e Bezbednost, svi proizvodi: DANGER verovatno do i do kontakta s te no u, potra ite dodatne informaci e u na novi em bezbednosnom listu za ozna ava neposrednu opasnost ko a, ako se ne izbegne, e da dovede do smrti ili SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet SDS) i bezbednosnom listu za EU. te ke povrede. Pre pomeran a opreme uvek e iskl u ite i iskop a te iz napona izvora napa an a. Servisiran e i popravke treba da obavl a kvalifikovani serviser. WARNING ozna ava potenci alno opasnu situaci u ko a, ako se ne izbegne, mo e da dovede do smrti ili te ke povrede. Opremu dr ite na rasponu temperature od - 5 do 0 (s pakovan em) i relativno vla nosti od 0 . Stavl an e izvan pogona mora da obavi iskl u ivo kvalifikovani trgovac pomo u certifikovane opreme. Mora CAUTION ozna ava potenci alno opasnu situaci u ko a, ako se ne izbegne, mo e da dovede do da se pridr ava svih va e ih propisa. lak e ili sredn e te ke povrede. Tako e mo e da se koristi da upozori na nesigurne radn e. Obavl an e postupaka ugradn e, kori en a ili odr avan a ko i nisu opisani u priru niku mo e da dovede do opasne situaci e i poni ti e garanci u proizvo a a. upozorava korisnika na prisustvo neizolovanog opasnog napona unutar ku i ta rashladnog ure a a. ikad nemo te da primen u te lini ski napon na komunikaci ske prikl u ke na rashladnom ure a u. apon e dovol no velik da predstavl a opasnost od stru nog udara. Ako ne napunite rashladni ure a i creva za radnu te nost do kra a, mo e da do e do o te en e pumpe rashladnog ure a a. emo te da prepun avate er se te nost iri prilikom zagrevan a. ukazu e na prisustvo vrelih povr ina. a rashladnom ure a u ThermoFlex, pre zamene ku i ta rezervoara potrebno e proveriti da ep indikatora nivoa u rezervoaru bude vrsto na mestu. ukazu e da e potrebno pro itati priru nik. Rashladni ure a ThermoFlex900-5000 nemo te da koristite ako difuzor rezervoara ni e ugra en. Ako e rashladni ure a opreml en volumetri skom pumpom (P1 ili P ), pazite da vodovodna creva i spo nice emo te da koristite opremu kao sterilni ure a ili ure a povezan na paci enta. Pored toga, oprema ni e mogu da podnesu na man e 1 5 psi. predvi ena za upotrebu na opasnim lokaci ama klase I, II ili II prema definici ama acionalnog elektri nog emo te da koristite antifriz za automobile. Komerci alni antifriz sadr i silikate ko i o te u u zaptivke pumpe. standarda (engl. ational Electrical ode). Da bi se spre ilo smrzavan e plo astog izmen iva a, rashladni ure a i ThermoFlex 500- 4000 zahteva u Oprema e predvi ena samo za upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima. ikad nemo te da e postavl ate gde upotrebu me avine od 50/50 etilen glikola/vode ili 50/50 propilen glikola/vode na radno temperaturi ispod e prisutna prekomerna toplota, vla nost, neodgovara u e provetravan e ili nagriza u i materi ali. Radni 10 . parametri navedeni su u priru niku. Prilikom upotrebe me avine radne te nosti od etilen glikola/vode ili propilen glikola/vode, redovno Pove ite opremu na pravilno uzeml enu uti nicu. proverava te koncentraci u te nosti i p vrednost. Promene u koncentraci i i p vrednosti mogu da uti u na Kori ena sredstva za hla en e su te a od vazduha a i, ako do e do curen a, zameni e kiseonik te dovesti performanse sistema . do gubitka svesti. Kontakt sa sredstvom za hla en e ko e curi uzroku e opekotine. Pogleda te plo icu s emo te da koristite ulo ak filtera za de onizaci u s inhibiranim etilen glikolom ili inhibiranim propilen podacima cirkulatora za vrstu kori enog sredstva za hla en e, a zatim potra ite dodatne informaci e u glikolom. Filter za de onizaci u uklan a inhibitore iz rastvora, to te nost ini neefikasnom za za titu od na novi em bezbednosnom listu za SAD (engl. Safety Data Sheet SDS), rani e poznatom kao MSDS, kao i korozi e. Pored toga, inhibitori pove ava u provodl ivost te nosti. bezbednosnom listu za EU. Biocidi su nagriza u i i mogu da dovedu do nepopravl ivih o te en a o i u i opekotina. tetni su ako se udahnu, proguta u ili upi u kroz ko u. Pogleda te na novi i bezbednosni list proizvo a a. Da bi se spre ilo o te en e plo astog izmen iva a rashladnog ure a a, centrifugalne pumpe zahteva u , : minimalni protok od 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min). Postavite rashladni ure a tako da bude blizu i ima lak pristup svom ure a u za iskop avan e. Ako se filter kondenzatora ne isti/men a, dolazi do gubitka kapaciteta hla en a i prevremenog kvara Rashladni ure a e predvi en za upotrebu na namensko uti nici. sistema hla en a. Za temel ito i en e uklonite sklop predn e re etke. Obavezno skinite sve ambala ne epove vodovodnih creva pre ugradn e. a vazduhom hla enim rashladnim ure a ima okvir i vertikalni stabilizatori kondenzatora nalaze se iza Prikl u ci rashladne teku ine nalaze se sa zadn e strane rashladnog ure a a i ozna eni su sa sklopa predn e re etke i vrlo su o tri. (PRO ESS OUTLET) (radni izlazni otvor) i (PRO ESS I LET) (radni ulazni otvor). Pove ite S izuzetkom vazduhom hla enog sklopa re etke nikad nemo te da koristite rashladni ure a kad e bilo ko a na ulazni otvor za te nost na ure a u. Pove ite na izlazni otvor za te nost na ure a u. plo a skinuta. Kod vodom hla enih rashladnih ure a a pove ite (FA ILIT I LET) (ulazni otvor za postro en e) Vodom hla eni rashladni ure a i ThermoFlex900-5000 ima u ventilator s o trim lopaticama i zato rashladni na vodosnabdevan e postro en a. Pove ite (FA ILIT OUTLET) (izlazni otvor postro en a na ure a morate da iskl u ite pre skidan a predn e re etke. povratni vod ili odvod postro en a. Pre pokretan a rashladnog ure a a dvaput proverite sve relevantne komunikaci ske, elektri ne i , : vodovodne prikl u ke. irkulira u i rashladni ure a i kompani e Thermo Scientific su predvi eni za pru an e neprekidne isporuke te nosti uz konstantnu temperaturu i protok. Rashladni ure a se sasto i od vazduhom hla enog ili vodom hla enog rashladnog sistema, izmen iva a toplote, cirkulira u e pumpe, rezervoara radne teku ine i kontrolera mikroprocesora. Rashladni ure a i su predvi eni za neprekidan rad i upotrebu u zatvorenim prostorima u skladu sa svim postupcima i zahtevima navedenim u n ihovim priru nicima. ikdy nepou va te po koden alebo netesn zariadenie. SK ikdy nepou va te hor av alebo kor zne kvapaliny. Pou va te iba schv len kvapaliny uveden v n vode na pou itie. Pred pou it m ake ko vek kvapaliny alebo vykonan m dr by, kde e pravdepodobn nerozumiete nie tor mu z t chto po no , pre po ra o an m si pre ta te pr ru u ale o n s kontakt s kvapalinou, si pre ta te posledn kartu bezpe nostn ch da ov (KBU) pre USA a kartu onta tu te bezpe nostn ch da ov pre E , v ktor ch n dete al ie inform cie. , : Pred ka d m pres van m vypnite zariadenie a odpo te ho od nap acieho napätia. DANGER ozna u e bezprostredne nebezpe n situ ciu, ktor , ak sa e nevyhnete, sp sob Servis a opravy prenecha te kvalifikovan mu technikovi. usmrtenie alebo v ne poranenie. Zariadenie skladu te pri teplot ch - 5 a 0 (s obalom) a pri relat vne vlhkosti 0 .
WARNING ozna u e potenci lne nebezpe n situ ciu, ktor , ak sa e nevyhnete, m e sp sobi Vyradenie z prev dzky m e vykona len opr vnen preda ca pomocou certifikovan ho vybavenia. e usmrtenie alebo v ne poranenie. nutn dodr iava v etky platn z konn ustanovenia. Vykonanie in tal cie, prev dzky alebo postupov dr by, ktor nie s pop san v tomto n vode, m e CAUTION ozna u e potenci lne nebezpe n situ ciu, ktor , ak sa e nevyhnete, m e sp sobi vies k nebezpe n m situ ci m a bude vies k zru eniu platnosti z ruky v robcu. ahk alebo stredne a k poranenie. Pou va sa a ako varovanie pred nebezpe n mi postupmi. ikdy neprip a te sie ov napätie k niektor mu z komunika n ch pripo en na chladiace ednotke. e pln naplnenie chladiace ednotky a potrub s procesn mi kvapalinami m e po kodi erpadlo sl i na upozornenie pou vate a na pr tomnos neizolovan ho nebezpe n ho napätia pod krytom chladiace ednotky. Zabr te preplneniu, kvapaliny sa po zohriat roz ahu . chladiace ednotky. apätie e dostato ne vysok na to, aby predstavovalo riziko razu elektrick m pr dom. Pred opätovn m nasaden m krytu n dr ky na ednotk ch ThermoFlex zaistite, aby bola gu ov zar ka potrubia n dr e bezpe ne na svo om mieste. ozna u e pr tomnos hor cich povrchov. Pri ednotk ch ThermoFlex900-5000 neprev dzku te chladiacu ednotku, k m nie e nain talovan dif zor kvapaliny v n dr ke. ozna u e nutnos pre tania pr ru ky. Ak e chladiaca ednotka vybaven ob emov m erpadlom (P1 alebo P ), zaistite, aby in talovan potrubia a tvarovky boli dimenzovan tak, aby odolali tlaku minim lne 1 5 psi. Zariadenie nepou va te ako steriln alebo ako zariadenie pripo en k pacientovi. Zariadenie okrem toho nie epou va te automobilov nemrzn cu kvapalinu. Komer n nemrzn ce zmesi obsahu silik ty, ktor e ur en na pou itie v nebezpe n ch prostrediach triedy I, II alebo III definovan ch k dom E ( ational po kodzu tesnenia erpadla. Electrical ode). Aby sa zabr nilo zamrznutiu/zaneseniu doskov ho v menn ka, chladiace ednotky Zariadenie e ur en len na pou itie v interi ri. ikdy ho neumiest u te na mieste, kde e pr tomn nadmern ThermoFlex 500- 4000 vy adu pou itie kvapaliny 50/50 EG/voda alebo 50/50 PG/voda pri procesne teplo, vlhkos , nedostato n vetranie alebo koroz vne materi ly. Pre ta te si prev dzkov parametre teplote do 10 . uveden v pr ru ke. Pri pou it zmesi procesne kvapaliny EG/voda alebo PG/voda v pravideln ch intervaloch kontrolu te Zariadenie pripo te k spr vne uzemnene z suvke. koncentr ciu kvapaliny a p . Zmeny v koncentr cii a p m u ma vplyv na v kon syst mu. Pou it chladiv s a ie ako vzduch a ak d de k niku, nahradia kysl k a sp sobia stratu vedomia. epou va te deioniza n (DI) filtra n vlo ky s inhibovanou EG alebo inhibovanou PG. Kontakt s unika cim chladivom m e sp sobi pop lenie poko ky. Typ pou it ho chladiva n dete na Filter DI odstr ni inhib tory z roztoku a sp sob , e bude ma kvapalina ne inn protikor znu ochranu. typovom t tku obehov ho erpadla a al ie inform cie n dete v posledne karte bezpe nostn ch da ov Inhib tory tie zvy u vodivos kvapaliny. (KB ) pre USA, predt m zn me ako MSDS a karte bezpe nostn ch da ov pre E . Bioc dy s kor zne a m u sp sobi nevratn po kodenie o a pop lenie poko ky. S kodliv pri Zariadenie pres va te opatrne. hle otrasy alebo p dy m u po kodi eho komponenty. Pred ka d m vd chnut , po it alebo pri absorpcii cez poko ku. Pre ta te si posledn KB v robcu. pres van m vypnite zariadenie a odpo te ho od nap acieho napätia. Aby nedo lo k po kodeniu doskov ho v menn ka chladiace ednotky, odstrediv erpadl musia ma minim lny prietok 4,0 g/min (15,1 l/min). Ak nevy ist te/nevymen te filter kondenz tora, d de k strate chladiaceho v konu a k pred asn mu zlyhaniu , : chladiaceho syst mu. Pre d kladn vy istenie vyberte zostavu predne mrie ky. a vzduchom chladen ch hladiacu ednotku umiestnite tak, aby bola bl zko odp acieho zariadenia, aby bol k nemu ahk chladiacich ednotk ch s r m a lopatky umiestnen za zostavou predne mrie ky ve mi ostr . pr stup. V pr pade in ch ako vzduchom chladen ch zost v mrie ky nikdy neprev dzku te chladiace ednotky, ak e hladiaca ednotka e ur en na pripo enie k vyhradene z suvke. odstr nen ak ko vek panel. Uistite sa, e s pred in tal ciou odstr nen v etky prepravn z tky in talat rskych potrub . Vodou chladen chladiace ednotky ThermoFlex900-5000 ma ventil tor s ostr mi epe ami. Pred vybrat m Pr po ky pre procesn kvapalinu s umiestnen na zadne strane chladiace ednotky a s predne mrie ky sa uistite, e e chladi vypnut . ozna en ako (PRO ESS OUTLET) (PRO ES V STUP) a (PRO ESS I LET) (PRO ES VSTUP). Pripo te k vstupu kvapaliny na va e aplik cii. Pripo te k , : v stupu kvapaliny na va e aplik cii. Recirkula n chladiace ednotky Thermo Scientific s navrhnut na nepretr it dod vku kvapaliny pri V pr pade vodou chladen ch chladiacich ednotiek pripo te FA ILIT I LET (VSTUP kon tantne teplote a prietoku. hladiaca ednotka pozost va z chladiaceho syst mu alebo vzduchom ZARIADE IA) k pr vodu vody zariadenia. Pripo te (FA ILIT OUTLET) (V STUP chladen ho alebo vodou chladen ho v menn ka tepla, recirkula n ho erpadla, n dr e na procesn ZARIADE IA) k n vratu alebo odvodu vody zariadenia. kvapalinu a mikroprocesorov ho regul tora. Pred spusten m chladiace ednotky dvakr t skontrolu te v etky pr slu n komunika n , elektrick a hladiace ednotky s ur en na nepretr it prev dzku a na vn torn pou itie v s lade so v etk mi vodovodn pr po ky. postupmi a po iadavkami uveden mi v pr slu nom n vode na pou itie. Viktiga säkerhetsinstruktioner Använd aldrig brandfarliga eller frätande vätskor. Använd endast godkända vätskor som listas i handboken. SV Innan man använder vätskor eller utför underhåll där man troligen kommer i kontakt med vätskor ska man Återcirkulerande kylare se tillverkarens aktuella US Säkerhetsdatablad (SDS) och EU Säkerhetsdatablad för ytterligare information.
Om någon av dessa anvisningar är svåra att förstå se handboken eller kontakta oss innan du går Stäng alltid av utrustningen och koppla bort strömförsör ningen innan den flyttas. vidare. Överlåt service och reparationer till en behörig tekniker. Säkerhet, alla produkter: Förvara utrustningen inom temperaturområdet -25°C till 60°C (i förpackning) och <80 % relativ luftfuktighet. DANGER anger en imminent riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, resulterar i allvarliga Urtagning ur drift för endast utföras av behörig terförsäl are med certifierad utrustning.Alla gällande skador eller dödsfall. bestämmelser måste följas. Installations-, drift- eller underhållsprocedurer, förutom de som beskrivs i handboken, kan resultera i WARNING anger en riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, kan resultera i dödsfall eller riskfyllda situationer och kommer att upphäva tillverkarens garanti. allvarlig skada. Applicera aldrig nätspänning till någon av kylarens kommunikationsanslutningar.
CAUTION anger en riskfylld situation som, om den inte undviks, kan resultera i lättare eller Om man inte fyller kylaren och processvätskeledningar helt så kan kylarens pump skadas. Undvik medelsvåra skador. Den ska även användas för att varna om riskfyllda metoder. överfyllning. Vätskor expanderar när de värms upp. Innan man byter ut behållaren på ThermoFlex, så måste man försäkra att kulan i siktröret sitter säkert på avsedd för att varna användaren om ej isolerad "farlig spänning" inuti kylarens hölje. Spänningen är plats. tillräckligt hög för att utgöra en risk för elchock. På ThermoFlex900-5000 får man inte använda kylaren om vätskediffusern inte är installerad på behållaren. På ThermoChill får man inte fylla över läppen, då vätska kommer att läcka ut vid tankens topp över anger att det finns heta ytor. komponenterna inuti kylaren. Om din kylare har en positiv deplacementpump (P1 eller P2), ska du försäkra att ledningarna är klassade anger att man bör läsa i handboken. för ett tryck på minst 185 psi. Använd inte kylmedel för bilar. Kommersiella frysskydd innehåller silikat som skadar pumpens tätningar. Använd inte utrustningen som steril eller ansluten till patient. Utrustningen är heller inte designad för För att undvika frysning/frost av plattvärmeväxlaren, så kräver kylarna ThermoFlex7500-24000 att man användning i riskfyllda mil öer Klass I, II eller III, enligt definition i ationella elbestämmelser. använder 50/50 EG/vatten eller 50/50 PG/vatten under 10°C processtemperatur. Utrustningen är endast designad för inomhusbruk. Placera den aldrig på en plats med hög värme, fuktighet, är man använder en vätskeblandning med EG/vatten eller PG/vatten, s ska man kontrollera otillräcklig ventilation eller där det förekommer frätande ämnen. Se handboken för driftsparametrar. vätskekoncentrationen och pH-värdet regelbundet. Ändringar i koncentration och pH-värde kan påverka Anslut utrustningen till ett korrekt jordat uttag. systemets prestanda. Kylmedium som används är tyngre än luft och kommer, om en läcka uppstår, att tränga ut syre Använd inte av oningsfilter (DI) med inhiberat EG eller inhiberat PG. Ett av oningsfilter avlägsnar inhibitorer vilket orsakar medvetslöshet. Kontakt med läckande kylmedium orsakar brännskador på hud. Se från lösningen vilket gör vätskan ineffektiv mot rost. Inhibitorer höjer även vätskans konduktivitet. cirkulationspumpens namnskylt för typ av kylmedium som används och sedan tillverkarens aktuella US Biocider är frätande och kan orsaka permanenta skador på ögon och brännskador på huden. De är Säkerhetsdatablad (SDS), tidigare kallat MSDS, och EU Säkerhetsdatablad för ytterligare information. skadliga vid inandning, förtäring eller om de absorberas genom huden. Se tillverkarens aktuella SDS. Flytta utrustningen varsamt. Plötsliga ryck eller fall kan skada dess komponenter. Stäng alltid av För att förebygga skador p kylarens plattvärmeväxlare, s kräver centrifugalpumparna ett flöde p minst utrustningen och koppla bort strömförsör ningen innan den flyttas. 4,0 gpm (15,1 lpm). Använd aldrig skadad eller läckande utrustning. Om man inte rengör/ersätter kondesatorfiltret förlorar man kylningsprestanda, vilket snabbare leder till fel i kylningssystemet. För en grundlig rengöring så avlägsnar man frontgallret. På luftkylda kylare så är kondesatorns ram och fenor bakom gallret mycket skarpa. Installation, Återcirkulerande kylare: Förutom med det luftkylda gallret så ska man aldrig starta kylaren med någon panel borttagen. Placera kylaren s att den befinner sig nära, med enkel tkomst till, dess avstängningsanordning. ThermoFlex900-5000 vattenkylda kylare har en fläkt med skarpa blad, s försäkra att kylaren är avstängd Kylaren är avsedd för att användas med ett för detta avsett uttag. innan frontgallret avlägsnas. Försäkra att alla transportskydd avlägsnas från rör innan installation. För att förebygga skador vid installation/borttagning av rören på Polar-kylare, så ska man använda en 19 Avsedd användning, Återcirkuleringskylare: mm nyckel på de externa anslutningarna- tercirkuleringskylare fr n Thermo Scientific är designade för att tillhandah lla kontinuerligt vätskeflöde Processvätskornas anslutningar sitter på kylarens baksida och är märkta med (PROCESS vid en konstant temperatur och och hastighet. Kylaren består av ett lyft- eller vattenkylt kylningssystem, OUTLET) och (PRO ESS I LET). Anslut till vätskeinloppet på er applikation. Anslut värmeväxlare, återcirkuleringspump, behållare för processvätska och en styrmodul med mikroprocessor. till vätskeutloppet på er applikation. Kylare är designade för kontinuerlig drift och för inomhusbruk i enlighet med alla procedurer och krav som För vattenkylda kylare så ansluter man (FA ILIT I LET) till er anläggnings vattenförsör ning. anges i denna handbok. Anslut (FACILITY OUTLET) till er anläggnings vattenretur eller avlopp. Innan kylaren startas så ska man dubbelkolla alla kommunikationer, samt elektriska och avloppsanslutningar. Fluorinated The following information is included to comply with REGULATION (EU) No 517/2014 OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF Greenhouse THE COUNCIL of 16 April 2014 on fluorinated greenhouse gases: Gases This product contains fluorinated greenhouse gases in a hermetically sealed system. If a leak in the sealed system is detected, the operator shall repair without undue delay. For ThemoFlex24000 air-cooled chillers, after repair the operator shall ensure that the equipment is checked by a certified natural person within one month after the repair to verify that the repair has been effective. Refer to the F-Gas Declaration of Conformity for additional information.
Fluorierte Treib- Die folgende Information ist in diesen Unterlagen gemäß der VERORDNUNG (EU) Nr. 517/2014 DES EUROPÄISCHEN hausgase PARLAMENTS UND DES RATES vom 16. April 2014 über fluorierte Treibhausgase enthalten. Dieses Produkt enthält fluorierte Treibhausgase in einem hermetisch geschlossenen System. Wird ein Leck im geschlossenen System entdeckt, muss der Anwender dieses unverzüglich reparieren. Im Fall der luftgekühlten Umwälzkühler ThermoFlex24000 muss der Anwender nach der Reparatur sicherstellen, dass das Gerät innerhalb eines Monats nach der Reparatur von einer zertifizierten natürlichen Person daraufhin überprüft wird, ob die Reparatur wirksam war.
Gaz à effet de serre Les informations suivantes sont fournies de façon à respecter la RÉGLEMENTATION (UE) N° 517/2014 DU PARLEMENT fluorés EUROPÉEN ET DU CONSEIL datée du 16 avril 2014 et portant sur les gaz à effet de serre fluorés : Ce produit contient des gaz à effet de serre fluorés intégrés à un système hermétiquement scellé. Toute fuite détectée dans le système scellé doit être réparée immédiatement par l’opérateur. Pour les refroidisseurs refroidis par air ThemoFlex24000, l’opérateur doit faire en sorte que l’équipement soit contrôlé par une personne physique agréée dans un délai d’un mois suivant la réparation, afin de s’assurer de l’efficacité de la réparation. Gases de efecto in- La siguiente información se incluye de acuerdo con la REGULACIÓN (UE) Nº. 517/2014 DEL PARLAMENTO Y EL CONSEJO vernadero fluorados EUROPEO el 16 de abril de 2014 sobre gases de efecto invernadero fluorados: Este producto contiene gases de efecto invernadero en un sistema sellado herméticamente. Si se detecta una fuga en el sistema sellado, el operador la reparará sin ninguna demora indebida. En los enfriadores refrigerados por aire ThemoFlex24000, después de la reparación, el operador se asegurará de que una persona física certificada compruebe el equipo en un plazo de un mes después de la reparación para verificar que esta ha sido efectiva.
Fluorerade växthus- Följande information finns med för att efterleva EUROPAPARLAMENTETS OCH RÅDETS FÖRORDNING (EU) gaser nr. 517/2014 av den 16 april 2014 om fluorerade växthusgaser: Den här produkten innehåller fluorerade växthusgaser i ett hermetiskt förseglat system. Om en läcka i det förseglade systemet identifieras, ska operatören reparera det utan dröjsmål. För ThemoFlex24000 luftkylda kylare, ska operatören efter reparation tillse att utrustningen kontrolleras av en certifierad fysisk person inom en månad från reparationen, för att verifiera att reparationen har varit lyckad.
Fluorovani gasovi Sledeće informacije su uključene u skladu sa UREDBOM (EU) br. 517/2014 EVROPSKOG PARLAMENTA I SAVETA od 16. aprila sa efektom staklene 2014. o fluorovanim gasovima sa efektom staklene bašte: bašte Ovaj proizvod sadrži fluorovane gasove sa efektom staklene bašte u hermetički zatvorenom sistemu. Ako se otkrije curenje iz zatvorenog sistema, korisnik mora popraviti kvar bez nepotrebnog odlaganja. Za ThemoFlex24000 rashlađivače hlađene vazduhom, korisnik posle popravke mora osigurati da se oprema pregleda od strane ovlašćenog fizičkog lica u roku od mesec dana nakon popravke da bi se potvrdilo da je popravka bila efikasna. Fluorirani toplo- Informacije v nadaljevanju so vključene za izpolnitev zahtev iz UREDBE (EU) ŠT. 517/2014 EVROPSKEGA PARLAMENTA IN SVETA z gredni plini dne 16. aprila 2014 o fluoriranih toplogrednih plinih: Ta izdelek vsebuje fluorirane toplogredne pline v hermetično zaprtem sistemu. Če se ugotovi uhajanje plinov iz zaprtega sistema, ga upravljavec brez nepotrebnega odlašanja popravi. Po popravilu zračno hlajenih hladilnih agregatov ThemoFlex24000 upravljavec zagotovi, da opremo v enem mesecu po popravilu pregleda fizična oseba s spričevalom in preveri, ali je bilo popravilo uspešno.
Fluorované Nasledujúce informácie sú tu uvedené z dôvodu súladu s NARIADENÍM (EÚ) Č. 517/2014 EURÓPSKEHO PARLAMENTU A RADY zo 16. skleníkové plyny apríla 2014 o fluorovaných skleníkových plynoch: Tento produkt obsahuje fluorované skleníkové plyny v hermeticky uzavretom systéme. Ak dôjde v uzavretom systéme k únikom, operátor ho musí bez zbytočného oneskorenia opraviť. Po oprave vzduchových chladičov ThermoFlex 24000 musí operátor zabezpečiť, aby zariadenie do jedného mesiaca od vykonania opravy skontrolovala osvedčená fyzická osoba, ktorá zhodnotí, či bola oprava efektívna.
Gazele fluorurate cu Următoarele informaţii sunt redactate în conformitate cu efect de ser REGULAMENTUL (UE) NR. 517/2014 AL PARLAMENTULUI EUROPEAN I AL CONSILIULUI din 16 aprilie 2014 privind gazele fluorurate cu efect de seră: Acest produs conţine gaze fluorurate cu efect de seră închise într-un sistem ermetic. În cazul în care se detectează o scurgere la sistemul etanşat, operatorul trebuie să efectueze reparaţiile necesare fără întârzieri nejustificate. Pentru refrigeratoarele cu aer răcit ThemoFlex24000, după reparaţie, operatorii trebuie să se asigure că echipamentul va fi inspectat de către o persoană fizică certificată, la o lună de la reparaţie, pentru a verifica dacă aceasta s-a realizat în mod eficient. Gases fluorados As seguintes informações foram incluídas para efeitos de conformidade com o REGULAMENTO (UE) N.º 517/2014 DO PARLAMENTO com efeito de estufa E CONSELHO EUROPEUS de 16 de abril de 2014 relativo aos gases fluorados com efeito de estufa: Este produto contém gases fluorados com efeito de estufa num sistema hermeticamente fechado. Em caso de deteção de fuga no sistema fechado, o operador deverá repará-la sem atraso injustificado. No caso dos refrigeradores a ar ThermoFlex24000, após uma reparação, o operador deverá assegurar a inspeção do equipamento por parte de uma pessoa qualificada no prazo de um mês após a reparação, de forma a garantir a eficácia da mesma.
Fluorowane gazy Poniższa informacja została zamieszczona w celu spełnienia wymagań określonych w ROZPORZĄDZENIU PARLAMENTU cieplarniane EUROPEJSKIEGO I RADY (UE) NR 517/2014 z 16 kwietnia 2014 roku w sprawie fluorowanych gazów cieplarnianych: Ten produkt zawiera flurowowane gazy cieplarniane w hermetycznie zamkniętym układzie. W przypadku stwierdzenia wycieku z hermetycznie zamkniętego układu operator ma obowiązek dokonania naprawy urządzenia bez zbędnej zwłoki. Po ewentualnej naprawie agregatów chłodniczych chłodzonych powietrzem ThemoFlex24000 operator ma obowiązek zapewnienia, aby urządzenie zostało skontrolowane przez certyfikowaną osobę fizyczną w ciągu miesiąca od naprawy w celu sprawdzenia, czy naprawa była skuteczna.
Gefluoreerde broei- De volgende informatie is toegevoegd om te voldoen aan VERORDENING (EU) Nr. 517/2014 VAN HET EUROPEES kasgassen PARLEMENT EN DE RAAD van 16 april 2014 betreffende gefluoreerde broeikasgassen: Dit product bevat gefluoreerde broeikasgassen in een hermetisch afgesloten systeem. Indien er een lek wordt gedetecteerd in het afgesloten systeem, dient de gebruiker deze te repareren zonder onnodige vertraging. Bij de luchtgekoelde koelinstallaties ThemoFlex24000 dient de gebruiker er na de reparatie voor te zorgen dat de apparatuur wordt gecontroleerd door een gecertificeerde natuurlijke persoon, binnen een maand nadat de reparatie plaatsvindt, om te controleren of de reparatie is geslaagd. Gassijiet Fluworu- L-informazzjoni li ġejja hi inluża biex tikkonforma mar-REGOLAMENT (UE) Nru 517/2014 TAL-PARLAMENT EWROPEW U TAL- rati b’Effett ta’ Serra KUNSILL tas-16 ta’ April 2014 dwar gassijiet fluworurati b’effett ta’ serra: Dan il-prodott fih gassijiet fluworurati b’effett ta’ serra f ’sistema ssiġillata ermetikament. Jekk tinstab tnixxija fis-sistema ssiġillata, l-operatur għandu jsewwi mingħajr dewmien bla bżonn. Għal chillers ThemoFlex 24000 imkessħa bl-arja, wara t-tiswija, l-operatur għandu jiżgura li t-tagħmir jiġi vverifikat minn persuna fiżika ċċertifikata fi żmien xahar wara t-tiswija biex tivverifika li t-tiswija kienet effettiva.
Fluor tas siltumn Turpmāk norādītā informācija ir iekļauta, lai nodrošinātu atbilstību cefekta g zes EIROPAS PARLAMENTA UN PADOMES REGULAI (ES) Nr. 517/2014 (2014. gada 16. aprīlis) par fluorētām siltumnīcefekta gāzēm. Šis izstrādājums satur fluorētas siltumnīcefekta gāzes hermētiski noslēgtā sistēmā. Ja hermētiski noslēgtajā sistēmā tiek konstatēta noplūde, operators to salabo bez nepamatotas kavēšanās. Pēc gaisa dzesētāju ThemoFlex24000 labošanas operators nodrošina, ka mēneša laikā no labošanas darbu veikšanas brīža sertificēta fiziskā persona pārbauda aprīkojumu, lai apstiprinātu, ka labošanas darbi bijuši sekmīgi.
Fluorintos šiltnamio Toliau pateikta informacija yra įtraukta, kad būtų laikomasi 2014 m. balandžio 16 d. EUROPOS PARLAMENTO IR TARYBOS efekt sukelianios REGLAMENTO (ES) Nr. 517/2014 dėl fluorintų šiltnamio efektą dujos sukeliančių dujų. Hermetiškai sandarioje šio produkto sistemoje yra fluorintų šiltnamio efektą sukeliančių dujų. Jei aptinkamas sandarios sistemos nuotėkis, operatorius nedelsdamas turi jį suremontuoti. Jei naudojami „ThemoFlex24000“ oru aušinami aušintuvai, po remonto darbų operatorius užtikrina, kad įrangą patikrins sertifikuotas fizinis asmuo per vieną mėnesį nuo remonto darbų, kad būtų patikrinta, jog remonto darbai buvo veiksmingi. Gas fluorurati a ef- Si includono le seguenti informazioni in conformità con il REGOLAMENTO (UE) N. 517/2014 DEL PARLAMENTO fetto serra EUROPEO E DEL CONSIGLIO del 16 aprile 2014 sui gas fluorurati a effetto serra: Il presente prodotto contiene gas fluorurati a effetto serra all'interno di un sistema a chiusura ermetica. In caso di perdita del sistema a chiusura ermetica, l'operatore dovrà prontamente provvedere alla riparazione. Per i refrigeratori ad aria ThemoFlex24000, dopo la riparazione l'operatore dovrà assicurarsi di far controllare l'apparecchiatura da una persona fisica certificata entro un mese dalla riparazione al fine di verificare l'efficacia della stessa.
Fluortartalmú üveg- A következő tájékoztatás az EURÓPAI PARLAMENT ÉS A TANÁCS (EU) 517/2014. SZÁMÚ, 2014. április 16-i, a fluortartalmú házhatású gázok üvegházhatású gázokkal kapcsolatos RENDELETÉBEN előírtak teljesítése érdekében került a dokumentumba: A termék fluortartalmú üvegházhatású gázokat tartalmaz, hermetikusan zárt rendszerben. Ha a zárt rendszerben szivárgás jelentkezik, az üzemeltető köteles a lehető leghamarabb megszüntetni azt. A ThemoFlex24000 léghűtőkön végzett javítás után az üzemeltető köteles a javítástól számított egy hónapon belül megfelelő tanúsítvánnyal rendelkező természetes személlyel ellenőriztetni, hogy a javítás hatásos volt-e.
Fluorirani stakleni Informacije navedene u nastavku u skladu su s UREDBOM (EU) br. 517/2014 EUROPSKOG PARLAMENTA I VIJEĆA od 16. travnja ki plinovi 2014. o fluoriranim stakleničkim plinovima: Ovaj proizvod sadrži fluorirane stakleničke plinove u hermetički zatvorenom sustavu. Ako se u hermetički zatvorenom sustavu otkrije propuštanje, operater ga mora popraviti bez nepotrebne odgode. Za zrakom hlađene rashladnike vode ThemoFlex24000, operater nakon popravka osigurava da opremu provjeri certificirana fizička osoba u roku od mjesec dana od popravka kako bi potvrdila uspješnost popravka. Áirítear an fhaisnéis a leanas chun RIALACHÁN (AE) Uimh. 517/2014 Gáis Cheaptha Tea- Ó PHARLAIMINT NA hEORPA AGUS ÓN gCOMHAIRLE an 16 sa Fhluairínithe Aibreán 2014 maidir le gáis cheaptha teasa fhluairínithe a chomhlíonadh: Cuimsíonn an táirgeadh seo gáis cheaptha teasa fhluairínithe i gcóras atá séalaithe go heirméiteach. Má bhraitear sceitheadh sa chóras séalaithe, déanfaidh an t-oibreoir deisiúchán gan mhoill. I gcás fuaraitheoirí aerfhuaraithe ThemoFlex24000, tar éis an deisiúcháin áiritheoidh an t-oibreoir go ndéanfaidh duine nádúrtha deimhnithe an trealamh a sheiceáil laistigh d’aon mhí tar éis an deisiúcháin le deimhniú go raibh an deisiúchán éifeachtach.
Fluoratut kasvihuon- Seuraavat tiedot on lisätty, jotta noudatetaan 16. päivänä huhtikuuta 2014 fluoratuista kasvihuonekaasuista annettua EUROOPAN ekaasut PARLAMENTIN JA NEUVOSTON ASETUSTA (EU) N:o 517/2014: Tämä tuote sisältää fluorattuja kasvihuonekaasuja hermeettisesti tiivistetyssä järjestelmässä. Jos tiivistetyssä järjestelmässä havaitaan vuoto, käyttäjän on korjattava se viipymättä. Ilmajäähdytteisten ThemoFlex24000-jäähdyttimien korjaamisen jälkeen käyttäjän on varmistettava, että valtuutettu luonnollinen henkilö varmistaa korjauksen tarkistamalla laitteen kuukauden kuluessa korjauksesta.
Fluoritud kasvuhoo- Alljärgnev teave on lisatud, et järgida EUROOPA PARLAMENDI negaasid JA NÕUKOGU MÄÄRUST NR 517/2014 16. aprill 2014 fluoritud kasvuhoonegaaside kohta. See toode sisaldab hermeetiliselt suletud süsteemis fluoritud kasvuhoonegaase. Lekke tuvastamise korral hermeetiliselt suletud süsteemis peab operaator viivitamatult lekke remontima. Õhkjahutusega jahutite ThemoFlex24000 korral peab operaator pärast remonti tagama, et seadmeid kontrolliks sertifitseeritud füüsiline isik ühe kuu jooksul pärast remonditööd, et kinnitada remonditöö tulemuslikkus. Οι ακόλουθες πληροφορίες περιλαμβάνονται για λόγους συμμόρφωσης μ π με τον ΚΑΝΟΝΙΣΜΟ (ΕΕ) αριθ. 517/2014 ΤΟΥ ΕΥΡΩΠΑΪΚΟΥ ΚΟΙΝΟΒΟΥΛΙΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΣΥΜΒΟΥΛΙΟΥ της 16ης Απριλίου 2014 για τα φθοριούχα αέρα του θερμοκηπίου: Το παρόν προϊόν περιέχει φθοριούχα αέρια του θερμοκηπίου σε ερμητικά σφραγισμένο σύστημα. Σε περίπτωση ανίχνευσης διαρροής στο σφραγισμένο σύστημα, ο χειριστής προβαίνει σε επιδιόρθωση χωρίς αδικαιολόγητη καθυστέρηση. Για τους αερόψυκτους ψύκτες ThemoFlex24000, ο χειριστής διασφαλίζει ότι ο εξοπλισμός ελέγχεται από πιστοποιημένο φυσικό πρόσωπο εντός ενός μήνα μετά την επιδιόρθωση, ώστε να επιβεβαιώνεται ότι η επιδιόρθωση ήταν αποτελεσματική.
Fluorholdige Nedenstående oplysninger er medtaget som dokumentation for overholdelse af EUROPA-PARLAMENTET OG RÅDETS drivhusgasser FORORDNING (EU) nr. 517/2014 af 16. april 2014 om fluorholdige drivhusgasser: Dette produkt indeholder fluorholdige drivhusgasser i et hermetisk forseglet system. Hvis der konstateres en lækage i det forseglede system, skal operatøren hurtigst muligt reparere lækagen. Hvad angår luftkølede luftkølere af typen ThemoFlex 24000, skal operatøren sørge for, at udstyret inden for én måned efter reparationen kontrolleres af en fagmand, der kan bekræfte, at der er tale om en effektiv reparation.
Fluorované Následující informace jsou zahrnuty pro dodržení PŘEDPISU (EU) č. 517/2014 EVROPSKÉHO PARLAMENTU A RADY ze dne 16. skleníkové plyny dubna 2014 o fluorovaných skleníkových plynů: Tento výrobek obsahuje fluorované skleníkové plyny v hermeticky utěsněném systému. Pokud je v systému zjištěn únik, provozovatel ho musí okamžitě opravit. U vzduchem chlazených chladičů ThemoFlex24000 musí provozovatel po opravě zajistit, aby bylo zařízení do jednoho měsíce po opravě zkontrolováno fyzickou osobou s osvědčením, aby se ověřilo, že oprava byla účinná. Флуорсъдърж Следната информация е включена в съответствие с РЕГЛАМЕНТ (ЕС) № 517/2014 НА ЕВРОПЕЙСКИЯ ПАРЛАМЕНТ И НА ащи парникови СЪВЕТА от 16 април 2014 г. за флуорсъдържащите парникови газове газове: Този продукт съдържа флуорсъдържащи парникови газове в херметично затворена система. Ако в затворената система бъде засечен теч, операторът трябва незабавно да извърши ремонт. При ремонт на чилъри с въздушно охлаждане ThemoFlex24000 операторът трябва да осигури проверка на оборудването от сертифицирано лице в рамките на един месец след ремонта като гаранция, че ремонтът е ефективен.
F‐GAS DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Declaration of conformity with Article 14 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council
We, Thermo Fisher Scientific (Asheville) LLC, F‐Gas Portal Registration Number 23643, decclare under our sole responsibility that when placing on the market pre‐charged equipment, which we import to or manufacture in the Union, the hydrofluorocarbons contained in that equipment are accounted for within the quota system referred to in Chapter IV of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 as:
We hold authorisation(s) issued in accordance with Article 18(2) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and registered in the registry referred to in Article 17 of that Regulation, at the time of release for free circulation to use the quota of a producer or importer of hydrofluorocarbons subject to Article 15 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 that cover(s) the quantity of hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment.
The hydrofluorocarbons contained in the equipment have been placed on the market in the Union, subsequently exported and charged into the equipment outside the Union, and the undertaking that placed the hydrofluorocarbons on the market made a declaration stating thatt the quantity of hydrofluoroocarbons has beeen or will be reported as placed on the market in the Union and that it has not been and will not be reported as direct supply for export in the meaning of Article 15(2)(c) of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 purssuant to Article 19 of Regulation (EU) No 517/2014 and Section 5C of the Annex to Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) No 1191/2014.
January 1, 2017 Mark Pearson, Director Global Regulatory Affairs ______Date [name and position of legal representative]
______[signature of legal representative]
Manufacturer: EU Only Representative:
Thermo Fisher Scientific (Asheville) LLC Thermo Electron LED GmbH 275 Aiken Road Robert‐Bosch‐Strasse 1 Asheville, NC 28804 D‐63505 Langenselbold U.S.A. Germany VAT ID Number: DE 812 403 137
Section 2 General Information Description TM Specifications ThermoFlex900 ThermoFlex1400 ThermoFlex2500
Standard Chiller Process to to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to to to High-Temperature Chiller Process ot i e to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range ot i e to to Ambient Temperature Range to to to All Chillers to to to
Temperature Stability Cooling Capacity at 20°C T T T T T T To meet thi ecific tion the Thermo e ir coo e chi er re ire the n to e o er tin in the hi h ee mo e ee Section
Heater Size ot i e or
Refrigerant Reservoir Volume Gallons iter Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) nche entimeter Weight P 2 Pump (empty) Pumping Capacity o iti e i cement m i m r m i m r P o iti e i cement m i m r m i m r T T r ine m i m r m i m r T T r ine m i m r m i m r m in c cit re re e or t r ine m re i erenti re re et een the in et n the o t et o the chi er • Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling c cit re ction i r e on the m cho en e m c re re n o S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section ition imen ion re t the en o thi ection mm to hei ht or S o n i o r m or o o t e chi er Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-1 Section 2
Specifications ThermoFlex3500 ThermoFlex5000
Standard Chiller Process to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to to High-Temperature Chiller Process to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to to Ambient Temperature Range to to All Chillers to to Temperature Stability Cooling Capacity at 20°C T T T T Heater Size
Refrigerant
Reservoir Volume Gallons iter
Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) nche entimeter
Weight P 1/ P 2/P 3/P 4 (empty)
Pumping Capacity P o iti e i cement m i m r ot i e m i m r ot i e P o iti e i cement m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r T T r ine m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r P entri m m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r P entri m m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r m in c cit re re e or t r ine n centri m re i erenti re re between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. • Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the m cho en e m c re re n o S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section ition imen ion re t the en o thi ection cm to hei ht or S o n i o r m or o o t e chi er Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
2-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
Specifications ThermoFlex7500 ThermoFlex10000
Standard Chiller Process to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to to High-Temperature Chiller Process to to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to to Ambient Temperature Range to to All Chillers to to Temperature Stability Cooling Capacity at 20°C T T T T Heater Size t t t t t t t t Refrigerant Reservoir Volume Gallons iter Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) Air-Cooled nche entimeter ter oo e nche entimeter Weight P 2/P 3/P 5 (empty) Air-Cooled ter oo e Pumping Capacity o iti e i cement m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r P entri m m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r P entri m m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r T T r ine m m i m r m i m r m i m r m i m r m in c cit re re e or centri n t r ine m re i erenti re re et een the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. P m in c cit in hi h tem er t re chi er i i ht o er ee Pumping Capacity curves in this Section. • Cooling capacity based on P 2 pumps with no backpressure. Heat input from the pump will result in a reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen as well as m c re re n o S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section • Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. • or o o t e chi er ith m o n i o r m o n i o r m or chi er ith or m Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 2
Specifications ThermoFlex24000 Standard Chiller Process to Fluid Temperature/Setpoint Range to Ambient Temperature Range to to Temperature Stability Cooling Capacity at 20°C T T
Refrigerant Reservoir Volume Gallons iter Footprint or Dimensions (H x W x D) Air-Cooled nche entimeter ter oo e nche entimeter Weight P 3 (empty) Air-Cooled ter oo e Pumping Capacity m i m r P entri m m i m r P entri m m i m r m i m r T T r ine m m i m r m i m r
re re e re i erent i re re et een the in et n the o t et o the chi er oo in c cit e on m et to m e t in t rom the m i re t in reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen e m c re re n o S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section • Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 2
Cooling T r tt Capacity A
C F The ThermoFlex900 is available in standard temp only.
Temperature Setpoint
T r tt A C oo in c cit e on m et to m e t in t rom the m i re t in reduction in cooling capacity. The cooling capacity reduction will vary based on the pump chosen e m c re re n o S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section • Additional dimensions are at the end of this section. Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Temperature Setpoint S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e on chillers with P 2 pumps with no back pressure. ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e o er tin o t e or m i ect er orm nce See Section Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 2
Cooling Cooling Capacity Capacity T r tt A C
Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water
Temperature Setpoint S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e on chillers with P 2 pumps with no back pressure. ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e o er tin o t e or m i ect er orm nce See Section hi er re ire the e o ter or ter e o roce tem er t re to re ent ree in in o the te e ch n er Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
2-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
Cooling BTU/Hr Watts Capacity 10000 30000 Operations A: 24000, 60 Hz below 10°C requires the A B: 24000, 50Hz 25000 use of 50/50 80000 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water B 20000 60000
15000
40000 10000
20000 5000
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 °C
40 80 120 160 200 °F Temperature Setpoint
S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e on chillers with P m ith no c re re m et to m or Thermo e to ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e o er tin o t e or m i ect er orm nce See Section hi er re ire the e o ter or ter e o roce tem er t re to re ent ree in in o the plate exchanger. Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 2
Pumping Capacity r S Positive Displacement Pump P 1/P 2 Magnetic Drive Pumps MD 1/MD 2 A: P 6 C: P A C
Pressure 2 1
Flow Rate
Pumping Capacity r S Turbine Pump T 1/ T 5 A: T 6 T C: T T A
Pressure C 2
1
Flow Rate
• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. • Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or with n o tion in t e or e m e ti i in the o tion i re t in m o re ction S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 2
Pumping Capacity r S Centrifugal Pump P 3/P 4 A: P 6 C: P
A Pressure 2 C 1
Flow Rate
Pumping Capacity r S Centrifugal Pump P 5 6 i Tem i Tem
A C
Pressure 2 1
Flow Rate • Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for centrifugal pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. • Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or ith n o tion in t e or e m e ti i in the o tion i re t in m o reduction. S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 2
Pumping Capacity Turbine Pump T 9 Bar PSID 80 5 70 60 Hz 4 60 50 Hz 50 3 40
Available Pressure 2 30 20 1 10
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 LPM
5101520253035 GPM Flow Rate
• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. • Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or ith n o tion in t e or e m e ti i in the o tion i re t in m o reduction. S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
Pumping Capacity r S Turbine Pump T 0
6
Pressure 2
Flow Rate
• Pump curves are nominal values. Pressure values for turbine pumps are differential pressures between the inlet and the outlet of the chiller. • Pump performance results were obtained with no restrictions on the return to the system or ith n o tion in t e or e m e ti i in the o tion i re t in m o reduction . S ecific tion o t ine t e e e in ter the recirc tin i t roce et oint m ient con ition t nomin o er tin o t e ther i i tem er t re m ient tem er t re tit e or o er tin o t e i ect er orm nce See Section Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-11 Section 2
ThermoFlex900/1400 Dimensions (inches/centimeters)
1 27 /4"* Front View 69.2 * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.
15 3 /16" 12 /16" 2.4 31.0
Side View
3 3/ " 1 8 18 /2" 8.6 47.0 11 24 /16" 62.8 Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2- Section 2
ThermoFlex900/1400 5 4 /8" tion i i r n 3 1/ " 11.7 to efi ort roce i ch r e or chi er ith 4 5 8.2 1 3/ " o tion o tr n cer or 1 /16" 16 ntern re re re tor tment 3.3 3.1 tion 1/2" FNPT St in e Stee
5 1 /16" 3.3
e r ie
roce i ch r e i connection 1/2" FNPT t ron e
11 25 /16"* roce i ret rn connection 65.2 T St in e Stee ter coo e on
See Section or ition 1 14 /2"* ci it ter m in in orm tion 36.8 111/ "* connections 2 10 5/ "* 29.2 8 1/2" FNPT 27.0 t ron e
9 7 3 /16"* 3 /8"* 2 1/ "* 9.1 2 9.8 6.4 5 1 1 /8"(2) 1 /8"(2) 4.2 2.9 9 5 /16" roce i r in 14.1 (1/4" FNPT) Riton * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.
DRAIN
20" 50.8 3 17 /16" 43.7
Shi in cr te imen ion ro im te 21” (53 cm) wide 3 35 cm t 14 /16" To ie 36.0 40 cm ee
Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
2-1 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
ThermoFlex2500 Dimensions (inches/centimeters)
15 28 /16"* Front View 73.6 * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.
1 15 /4" 38.4 1" 2.5
Side View
3 5/ " 1 8 20 /16" 9.2 51.0 3 26 /4" 68.0
Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-1 Section 2
ThermoFlex2500
3 roce i ch r e or chi er ith 3 /8" o tion o tr n cer or 1 1/ " 8.5 2" 4 tion i i r n ntern re re re tor tment 3.2 5.0 tion to efi ort 1/2" FNPT St in e Stee
roce i ch r e i connection 1/2" FNPT t ron e
roce i ret rn connection T St in e Stee
5 27 /16"*(3) ter coo e on e r ie 69.4
ci it ter connections 1 1/2" FNPT See Section 3 for 16 /8"* 13 1 t ron e ition m in 40.9 12 /16"* 13 /8"* in orm tion 33.3 32.5
1 5"* 4 /16"* 10.2 1 12.7 2 /2"* 6.4 3 1 /16"(2) 5 3.0 1 /8"(2) 1 4.2 5 /8" * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5. 13.1 roce i r in (1/4" FNPT) Riton
DRAIN 22" 55.9 3 19 /16" 48.8
To ie 1 Shi in cr te imen ion ro im te 17 /8" 43.6 23” (58 cm) wide 36 cm t 40 cm ee
Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
2-1 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
ThermoFlex3500/5000 Dimensions (inches/centimeters)
Front View 7 38 /8"* 98.7 * Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5.
1" 3 17 /16" 2.5 43.7
Side View
7 24 1/ " 3 /16" 2 Thermo i her Scientific re er e the 8.7 62.2 ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t 3 30 /4" notice. 78.0
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-1 Section 2
10 3/ " ThermoFlex3500/5000 16 9 3 /16" 25.9 roce i ch r e or chi er ith 9.1 1 7/ "(2) 1 8 o tion o tr n cer n 1 /4" 4.7 T m 3.2 or tion i i r n ntern re re re tor to efi ort tment tion T on 1/2" FNPT St in e Stee n o contro roce i ch r e connection tion t ron e 15 m T 1 /16" T m 5.0 A 1/2" FNPT 1 36 /2"* 92.7 15/ " roce ret rn connection 16 ter coo e on 3.4 St in e Stee m T 22"* T m 55.9 181/ "* 1/2" FNPT 2 ci it ter 46.9 15 3/ "* 8 connections See Section or ition 39.1 12"* t ron e m in in orm tion 30.5 FNPT 6"* 1 2 /2"* 15.2 e r ie 6.4 1 1 /4"(2) 3.2
* Add 1/8" (3 mm) for SEMI chillers, see Section 5. 4 3/ " 11 T roce r in ith 8 3 /16" 11.2 9.4 9/16" Riton connector DRAIN n T 3 m on 2 /16" 5.6 26 3/ " 6 1/ " 8 T roce r in 8 67.0 15.5 1 St in e Stee ith 23 /2" r 59.7 m on
To ie 1 19 /4" 48.8 Shi in cr te imen ion 26" (66 cm) wide cm t cm ee Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
2-1 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
ThermoFlex7500/10000 33 11/ " Dimensions 16 85.5 1 (inches/centimeters) 3 /16" 7.7
Side View
3 9 3 /16" 24 /16" 8.0 62.4
5 31 /8" To end of P 3 - P 5 80.4 t et ittin
3 30 /16" 76.7 1 1/ " 5 16 27 /16" 2.6 69.4 ir coo e hi in cr te 11 3 /16" imen ion ro im te 9.3 11 7 /16" 35 3/4” (91 cm) wide 19.6 61 1/2 cm t 46 3/8 cm ee
1 To ie 25 /8" 63.9
The ic e o tion fit ithin thi en e o e ee Section 5.
1 8 /16" 20.5 Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-1 Section 2
4 5/ " tion i i r ThermoFlex7500/10000 8 T o contro e i e to t 3 11.7 n to efi ort 3 /8" the o r te The h n e i e i ne e r ie 8.6 to i enti the e o ition rom (Air-Cooled) o to hen h n e in the hori ont o ition in ine ith 2 "(2) the i ch r e ine the ic tion i 5.0 recei in o ith the h n e i ertic the e i in roce i ch r e P T 2" t ron e 5.0 P 3 - P T T ro ht o er
o 3 52 /4" 134.0
roce et rn St in e Stee 36 5/ " P T 33 15/ " 16 16 92.3 P 3 - P T T 86.2
See Section 3 for 5 17 /8" ition m in 44.8 in orm tion 6 11/ " roce i r in T 16 16.9 4" St in e Stee ith r or 9 10.2 2 /19"(3) iton connector 6.6
DRAIN
e r ie ter oo e T o ontro ee o e
ci it ter connections
3 t ron e 46 /8" 117.8 3/4" FNPT 3 2 /8"(2) 6.0
15 29 /16" 1 27 /2" 76.1 69.9
1 17 /4" 43.9
1 9 /16" 23.0
5 3 1 /8" 21 /4" 4.2 55.3
2-1 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 2
ThermoFlex24000 Dimensions (inches/centimeters)
Front View
For ThermoFlex24000 Air-Cooled Chillers
5 58 /8" 148.9
Side View
Thermo i her Scientific re er e the ri ht to ch n e ecific tion itho t notice
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 2-1 Section 2
ThermoFlex24000
1 1 20 /8" 15 /16" 51.1 38.3 11 1 14 /16" 5 /16" 37.3 12.9 1 3/ " 1 4 2 /4" 4.4 5.7
7" 17.8 15 1/ " Rear View 4 13 38.8 Process Discharge 19 /16" Power Optional 1/4" FNPT 50.3 Inlet 1" FNPT Wrought Copper Auto-Refill Port Process drain valve
Process Return 1" FNPT Stainless Steel
Facility water connections 24 5/ " 5 8 24 /8" Supply 62.8 62.8 Cast Bronze 3/4" FNPT Return Stainless 3/4" FNPT
5 5 6 /16" 6 /16" 16.0 16.0
Facility drain 1/4" FNPT Water-cooled only Process drain 1/4" FNPT
DRAIN
25" The applicable options fit 63.5 within this envelope, see Section 5. 1 8 /16" 20.5
Shi in cr te imen ion Top View ro im te
7 25 /8" 65.7 62" (157 cm) wide cm t cm ee Thermo i her Scientific
re er e the ri ht to ch n e 9 5 /16" ecific tion itho t notice 14.2
2- ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3 Installation
Site Requirements Ambient Temperature Range* 10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F) Relative Humidity Range 10% to 80% (non-condensing)
Operating Altitude* Sea Level to 8000 feet (2438 meters)
Overvoltage Category II
Pollution Degree 2
Degree of Protection IP 20 *Because of the decrease in air density, maximum temperature for the air entering an air-cooled ThermoFlex is reduced by 1°C per 1,000 feet above sea level. In addition, cooling capacity is reduced 1.2% per 1,000 feet above sea level.
Never place the chiller in a location where excessive heat, moisture, CAUTION inadequate ventilation, or corrosive materials are present.
Note Refer to the nameplate information on the rear of the chiller.
Air-cooled chillers retain their full rated capacity at 20°C setpoint in ambient temperatures up to 25°C (77°F). For ambient temperatures above 25°C please de-rate the cooling capacity 3% for every 1°C above 25°C (77°F), up to a maximum ambient temperature of 40°C (104°F). Note that when operating at a process temperature lower than 20°C the de-rate percentage may increase due to additional gains from losses to ambient.
Note Depending on the setpoint and ambient temperatures, there may be a heat gain or loss through the plumbing resulting in a variation from setpoint temperature at the application inlet. Applications with large temperature variations between ambient and setpoint temperatures, and/or long plumbing lengths, may require additional insulation.
ThermoFlex2500 air-cooled chillers are equipped with a two-speed fan. Should the chiller's internal ambient temperature reach 50°C for 30 seconds, or reach 53°C, the fan speed switches from slow speed to high speed to maintain internal temperatures within acceptable limits. When the temperature reaches 44°C or below for at least 15 minutes the speed returns to low. When in high speed the chiller's
Note High speed is required for the chiller to achieve its 2500 watt cooling capacity. At high-end operating conditions the fan can be set to run at high speed all the time using the controller's display, see Section 4.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-1 Section 3
drain back into the chiller and cause spillage. Thermo Fisher offers an anti- drainback kit to prevent any spillage, see Section 5.
Air-cooled chillers can be installed with both sides blocked, or one side and the rear. See Figure 3-1. The front needs a minimum clearance of 24". Air enters the front of the system and exits through the sides and rear.
Having two sides blocked can impact the chiller's performance due to ensure that the following requirements are met: Process Setpoint Temperature: Below 30°C (86°F) Ambient: Below 40°C (104°F)
Before operating the chiller in conditions outside any of those listed in this Support to review your installation.
Figure 3-1 Minimum Clearance
3-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Electrical The chiller's construction provides protection against the risk of electrical shock by grounding appropriate metal parts. The protection Requirements will not function unless the power cord is connected to a properly grounded outlet. It is the user's responsibility to assure a proper DANGER ground connection is provided.
The chiller must be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code and the with reference to the information on the chiller's nameplate located on the rear.
Locate the chiller so it is near, and has easy access to, its disconnecting device.
The user is responsible to ensure that the line cord provided meets local
The chiller is intended for use on a dedicated outlet. The ThermoFlex has an internal circuit protection that is equivalent (approximately) to the branch circuit rating. This is to protect the ThermoFlex, and is not intended as a substitute for branch circuit protection.
Electrical Service Requirements (Standard temperature chillers): ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 100 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P 115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P 200 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 208-230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 100 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 5-20P 115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 5-20P 200 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 208-230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 208-230 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 200 VAC T 1 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 208-230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 - e er to en i or co ntr ecific r tin Continued on next page.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-3 Section 3
Electrical Service Requirements (Standard temperature chillers): ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 200 VAC T 1, P 3 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 200 VAC P 4 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 30A L6-30P 208-230 VAC P 1, P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 6-15P 208-230 VAC T 1, P 3 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 208-230 VAC P 4 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A L6-30P 230 VAC P 1 - P 4 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.5 30 L15-20P 200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.7 30 L15-30P 200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.3 35 L15-30P 200 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 17.3 30 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.5 30 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.7 30 L15-30P 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 22.3 35 L15-30P 208-230 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 17.3 30 L15-20P 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.9 20 IEC309 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.6 15 IEC309 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.8 15 IEC309 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.7 15 IEC309
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 L15-20P 200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 L15-30P 200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.0 35 L15-30P 200 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 17.0 30 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 16.2 30 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.4 30 L15-30P 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 22.0 35 L15-30P 208-230 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 17.0 30 L15-20P 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.6 20 IEC309 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.3 15 IEC309 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.5 20 IEC309 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.4 15 IEC309
MCA = Minimum Current Ampacity MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device Continued on next page. e re ect tho e on the n me te oc te on the re r o the chi er
3-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Electrical Service Requirements (Variable voltage chillers): ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P* 100 VAC 50/60 Hz 1Ø 15A 5-15P*
ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 115 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 20A - 100 VAC 50/60 Hz 1Ø 20A - nite St te n n on other re co ntr ecific
Electrical Service Requirements (Global voltage chillers):
ThermoFlex900 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208/230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A - 200/230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø **16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208/230 VAC 60 Hz 1Ø 15A - 200/230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø **16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 15A - 208-230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 20A - 230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208-230 VAC P 1 P 3 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 15A - 200/208-230 VAC T 1 P 3 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 20A - 200/208-230 VAC P 4 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 30A Hard wired
** Chillers selected for 230 o er tion h e r n e o to e er to en i or co ntr ecific r tin For installation information on Variable Voltage and Global Voltage chillers refer to Appendix B. Refer to the nameplate label located on the rear of the chiller
Continued on next page.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-5 Section 3
Electrical Service Requirements (Global voltage chillers): ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 10.1 20 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 12.3 20 Hard wire 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.1 15 Hard wire 460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 10.1 20 Hard wire 460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 12.3 20 Hard wire 460 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 9.1 15 Hard wire
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.4 15 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 9.7 20 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 11.9 20 Hard wire 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire 460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 8.4 15 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 9.7 20 Hard wire 460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 11.6 20 Hard wire 460 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 8.8 15 Hard wire
Electrical Service Requirements (High temperature chillers): ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC 1KW 50 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 200-230 VAC 1KW 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 200 VAC 2KW 50 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 208-230 VAC 2KW 60 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 230 VAC 2KW 50 Hz 1Ø 32A - 230 VAC 1KW 50 Hz 1Ø *16A1, 15A2, 13A3 -
ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 208-230 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 208-230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 200 VAC T 1 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 40A Hard wire 230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 32A -
e er to en i or co ntr ecific r tin Continued on next page.
3-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Electrical Service Requirements (High temperature chillers): ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 200 VAC T 1 P 3 P 4 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 40A Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A 6-30P 208-230 VAC T 1 P 3 P 4 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 40A Hard wire 230 VAC P 1- P 4, T1 Pump 50 Hz 1Ø 32A IEC309
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 35.7 45 Hard wire 200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 37.9 45 Hard wire 200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 41.5 50 Hard wire 200 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 36.4 45 Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 35.7 45 Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 37.9 45 Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 41.5 50 Hard wire 208-230 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 36.4 45 Hard wire 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 19.2 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 17.9 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 20.1 25 Hard wire 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 17.0 25 Hard wire
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 200 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 35.3 45 L15-20P 200 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 37.5 45 L15-20P 200 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 41.1 50 L15-30P 200 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 36.1 45 L15-30P 208-230 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 35.3 45 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 37.5 45 L15-20P 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 41.1 50 L15-30P 208-230 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 361 45 L15-30P 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.8 25 IEC309 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 17.5 25 IEC309 400 VAC P 5Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 19.7 25 IEC309 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 16.7 25 IEC309 MCA = Minimum Current Ampacity MOPD = Maximum Overcurrent Protective Device e re ect tho e on the n me te oc te on the re r o the chi er Continued on next page.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-7 Section 3
ThermoFlex24000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 68.4 100 Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 72 100 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 20.1 35 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 22.3 40 Hard wire 208-230 VAC T 9 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 77.8 105 Hard wire
ThermoFlex24000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 208-230 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 61.6 90 Hard wire 208-230 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 65.2 100 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.8 35 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 21.0 35 Hard wire 208-230 VAC T 9 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 71 100 Hard wire
3-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Electrical Service Requirements (High temperature global voltage chillers): ThermoFlex1400 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208/230 VAC 1KW 60 Hz 1Ø 20A 6-20P 200/208/230 VAC 2KW 60 Hz 1Ø 30A Hard wire 200/230 VAC 2KW 50 Hz 1Ø 32A Hard wire 200/230 VAC 1KW 50 Hz 1Ø **16A1, 15A2, 13A3 Hard wire
ThermoFlex2500 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208/230 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 30A Hard wire 200/208/230 VAC T 1 Pump 60 Hz 1Ø 40A Hard wire 200/230 VAC 50 Hz 1Ø 32A Hard wire
ThermoFlex3500/5000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase Branch Circuit Line Cord Requirements Plug 200/208-230 VAC P 1 P 2 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 30, 32A Hard wire 200/208-230 VAC T 1 P 3 P 4 Pump 50/60 Hz 1Ø 32, 40A Hard wire
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.3 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 19.6 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 21.8 30 Hard wire 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.7 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.3 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 19.6 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 21.8 30 Hard wire 460 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.7 25 Hard wire
ThermoFlex7500/10000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 2 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.0 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 19.3 25 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 21.5 30 Hard wire 400 VAC T 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 18.4 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 2 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.0 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 19.3 25 Hard wire 460 VAC P 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 21.5 30 Hard wire 460 VAC T 5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 18.4 25 Hard wire ** Chillers selected for 230 o er tion h e r n e o to e er to en i or co ntr ecific ratings. For installation information Global Voltage chillers refer to Appendix B.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-9 Section 3
ThermoFlex24000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Air-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 29.6 45 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 31.8 45 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 29.6 45 Hard wire 4 0 VAC P5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 31.8 45 Hard wire 400 VAC T9 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 33.3 45 Hard wire 460 VAC T 9 Pump 0 Hz 3Ø 33.3 45 Hard wire
ThermoFlex24000 Voltage ±10% Frequency Phase MCA MOPD Line Cord (Water-cooled) Plug 400 VAC P 3 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 28.4 40 Hard wire 400 VAC P 5 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 30.6 45 Hard wire 460 VAC P 3 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 28.4 40 Hard wire 4 0 VAC P5 Pump 60 Hz 3Ø 30.6 45 Hard wire 400 VAC T9 Pump 50 Hz 3Ø 32.1 45 Hard wire 460 VAC T 9 Pump 0 Hz 3Ø 32.1 45 Hard wire
3-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Hard Wire Installation WARNING For personal safet and e uipment relia ilit onl a ualified technician should perform the following procedure.
Note The technician is responsible for installing circuit protection for incoming power. Before wiring consult the nameplate on the rear of the chiller. Ensure installation is in accordance with the National Electrical Code and any other applicable country and local codes.
Figure 3-2 Electrical Box
• Remove the six screws securing the electrical box cover to the rear of the chiller. 7 3 • Remove the double knock out ( /8" and 1 /32"). • • chiller, see Figure 3-3. • Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud. • Reinstall the cover.
Figure 3-3 Sample Label
For ThermoFlex15000, 20000and 24000 chillers • • 3 3 • Secure the cable's ground wire to the ground stud. • Reinstall the cover.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-11 Section 3
Plumbing Ensure that all shipping plugs are removed before installation. Requirements ever connect the process uid lines to our facilit water suppl or CAUTION any pressurized liquid source.
To prevent damage to the chiller's plate exchanger, centrifugal pumps CAUTION re uire a . gpm 1 .1 lpm minimum ow rate.
P 1 and P 2 pumps are capable of producing 185 psig. Ensure your CAUTION plumbing is rated to withstand this pressure at your operating temperature. An external pressure relief valve is available, see Section 5.
Note Ensure your plumbing installation will develop a back pressure to the 3 chiller.
chiller and are labeled (PROCESS OUTLET) and ( ).
Stainless steel outlet connection for chillers with P 1/P m n o tr n cer
See Section or the ecific locations on your chiller.
1/4" Female NPT Riton Reservoir DRAIN Drain Plug Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (1 of 2)
3-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Connect the PROCESS OUTLET to Process Fluid Flow your application. Ensure all connections are Application secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant ® tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the
Process Fluid Flow chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible. Ensure tubing is straight and without Figure 3-4 Typical Plumbing Connections (2 of 2) make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the ThermoFlex. Water-cooled Chillers For water-cooled chillers the facility water plumbing connections are also located on the rear and are labeled OUTLET. The connections are ½" Female NPT for ThermoFlex900 - 5000, ¾" Female NPT for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000. Both connections for ThermoFlex900 to 10000 are cast bronze.
The supply connections for ThermoFlex24000 are cast bronze, the return connections are stainless steel.
Connect the to your facility water supply. Connect the to your facility water return or drain. Ensure ® tape is used, ensure the tape does not overhang the
See Section or the ecific locations on your chiller.
Figure 3-5 Typical Plumbing Connections, Water-cooled Chillers
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-13 Section 3
Process Fluid Requirements WARNING se of an uid not listed elow will void the manufacturer s warrant .
Standard Temp Chillers High Temp Chillers
Filtered/Single Distilled water Filtered water*
0 - 75% Laboratory Grade 0 - 50% Laboratory Grade Ethylene Glycol/Water Ethylene Glycol/Water*
0 - 75% Laboratory Grade 0 - 50% Laboratory Grade Propylene Glycol/Water Propylene Glycol/Water*
Deionized water Chillers with P1/P2 pumps 3 to 88°C, T9 pump to 82°C, all *For applications requiring resistivity other pumps to 90°C call and speak to an applications engineer for additional information.
Eth lene gl col E is poisonous and amma le. Before using an uid WARNING or performing maintenance where contact with the uid is li el refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling precautions.
EG is also hygroscopic, it absorbs water from its environment. This can CAUTION affect the free ing point and oiling point of the uid over time and ma result in system failure.
To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, all ThermoFlex7500 CAUTION and 24000s require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/water below 10°C process temperature.
When using a process uid mixture of eth lene gl col and water or CAUTION prop lene gl col and water chec the uid concentration and pH on a regular basis. Changes in concentration and pH can impact system performance.
When using EG/water or PG/water, top-off with plain water. After top-off CAUTION chec the uid concentration.
Do not use a Deioni ation D filter cartridge with nhi ited E CAUTION or nhi ited P . D filter will remove inhi itors from the solution rendering the uid ineffective against corrosion protection. lso inhi itors increase uid conductivit .
3-14 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Compatibility with Filtered ap Water/Single Distilled Water Filtered drinking water and single distilled water are good choices for use in Approved Fluids microorganisms that could create biological fouling as well as harmful particulates and excessive minerals that could cause harmful deposits and scaling.
Chlorine Short term usage of tap water may not cause any adverse affects on the chiller or your application, but in the long term problems may arise. To help alleviate The duration of time that chlorine remains in solution depends on factors such as water temperature, pH and availability of direct sunlight. We recommend maintaining chlorine levels at proper levels using chlorine test strips, generally 1 to 5 ppm is adequate. 7 components can result from concentration ratios that are too high. Contact our customer support for additional information. Deioni ed Water Deionized water is water that has had its mineral ions removed using ion exchange resins. The purpose of this process is to remove the ions that allow 8 Deionized water is in an unbalanced state and will leach the missing ions from the materials it comes in contact with. The aggressive nature of this leaching can cause pitting on metal surfaces. Note that the deionizing process does not remove microorganisms. Because of this, we recommend deionized water 3 applications engineer for additional information.
Recommended Biocides and nhi itors (NALCO) premixed with 5 gallons of water or as a kit to be added to water. No other biocide or inhibitor is recommended for use in our chillers. Biocides are corrosive and can cause irreversi le e e damage and s in WARNING burns. They are harmful if inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the s in. Refer to the manufacturer s most current SDS.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-15 Section 3
To prevent freezing/glazing of the plate exchanger, ThermoFlex7500 CAUTION and 24000 chillers require the use of 50/50 EG/water or 50/50 PG/ water below 10°C process temperature.
Uninhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water Ethylene glycol is used to depress the freezing point of water and should only be used at temperatures where freeze point suppression is required. Ethylene glycol does not improve heat transfer and is not recommended for use as a biocide. Because glycols lower the surface tension of water and do not evaporate as readily as water, they may cause visible weepage past the pumps where available. Uninhibited simply means that the glycol does not contain any additives to prevent corrosion. While uninhibited ethylene glycol is acceptable for use, change the glycol if the pH falls below 8. Note that litmus paper will not work to test the pH of ethylene glycol/water.
Inhibited Ethylene Glycol/Water from corrosion caused by poor water quality, ethylene glycol oxidation (low pH) and mixed metals (electrolysis). The inhibitor works by either leaving a by creating an oxidized layer that protects the underlying metal (passivating). Organic Acid Technology (OAT) as the inhibitor and these components are not compatible with the polymers used in recirculating chillers including the pump seals and internal hoses. driven pumps where available.
Uninhibited Propylene Glycol/Water Propylene glycol does not transfer heat as well as ethylene glycol, but can be used when freeze point suppression is required as well as lower toxicity. Propylene glycol does not function as a biocide and the pH needs to be maintained the same as with ethylene glycol as it also produces acid when oxidized.
Inhibited Propylene Glycol/Water glycol and the same concerns as inhibited ethylene glycol.
3-16 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Additional Fluid When using the ThermoFlex chiller to circulate through aluminum, use a Information compatible corrosion inhibitor to prevent galvanic corrosion.
Visible pump weepage may occur when compatible glycols, oils or other additives are used. Pump weepage is considered as a normal operating condition of mechanical seal pumps.
Process Water Process Fluid Permissible (PPM) Desirable (PPM) Quality and Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi) 0 0 Standards Inorganic Chemicals Calcium <25 <0.6 Chloride <25 <10 Copper <1.3 <1.0 m i i in cont ct ith min m Iron <0.3 <0.1 Lead <0.015 0 Magnesium <12 <0.1 Manganese <0.05 <0.03 Nitrates\Nitrites <10 as N 0 Potassium <20 <0.3 Silicate <25 <1.0 Sodium <20 <0.3 Sulfate <25 <1 Hardness <17 <0.05 Total Dissolved Solids <50 <10 Other Parameters pH 6.5-8.5 7-8 Resistivity 0.01* 0.05-0.1* * MΩ-cm (compensated to 25°C) corrosion. These contaminants can function as electrolytes which increase the potential for galvanic cell corrosion and lead to localized corrosion such as pitting. Pitting may become so extensive that it causes a breach in the cooling
As an example, raw water in the United States averages 171 ppm (of NaCl). The recommended level for use in a water system is between 0.5 to 5.0 ppm (of NaCl).
3 Ω-cm over-time.) Do not use untreated tap water as the total ionized solids level may be too high. This will reduce the electrolytic potential of the water and prevent or reduce the galvanic corrosion observed.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-17 Section 3
Facility Water Facility Water Permissible (PPM) Desirable (PPM) Quality and Microbiologicals (algae, bacteria, fungi) 0 0 Standards Inorganic Chemicals (water-cooled Calcium <40 <0.6 chillers) Chloride <250 <25 Copper <1.3 <1.0 m i i in cont ct ith min m Iron <0.3 <0.1 Lead <0.015 0 Magnesium <12 <0.1 Manganese <0.05 <0.03 Nitrates\Nitrites <10 as N 0 Potassium <20 <0.3 Silicate <25 <1.0 Sodium <20 <0.3 Sulfate <250 <50 Hardness <17 <0.05 Total Dissolved Solids <50 <10
Note A corrosion inhibitor is recommended if mixed metals are in the facility water loop.
3-18 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Facility Water Requirements (water-cooled chillers) Facility Water Maximum Inlet Pressure must not exceed 150 PSIG. CAUTION Facilit Water Maximum Pressure Differential must not exceed PS D.
Contact us before using facility water that is above 35°C.
The facility water must meet the following conditions for the chillers to maintain their full rated capacity.
ThermoFlex1400
ThermoFlex2500
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-19 Section 3
ThermoFlex3500/5000 The facility water must meet the following conditions for the chillers to maintain their full rated capacity.
ThermoFlex7500/10000
f
3-20 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
ThermoFlex24000
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-21 Section 3
Fluid Filter Bag particulates into the system.
CAUTION nstall the filter ag efore starting the chiller.
housing to remove it.
Fluid Bag Filter Funnel Housing Replace the housing. Slide its back edge under the lip of the chiller's top panel and then press down until the housing snaps into place.
Figure 3-6 Fluid Filter Bag Priming not properly primed.
Start the chiller using the power button on the control panel.
WARNING ot completel filling the chiller and process uid lines could damage the chiller s pump.
3-22 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 3
Initial Filling Ensure the reservoir drain plug on the back of the chiller is in place, or the Requirements Before using an uid refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling WARNING precautions. Locate and remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.
To prevent the introduction of particulates
Figure 3-7 Reservoir Cap Slowly comply may result in internal spillage.
Note ) causing the chiller when heated.
Since the reservoir capacity may be small compared to your application and keep the system topped off when external circulation is started.
Reservoir Sight Tube & Ball
Figure 3-8 Reservoir Sight Tube & Ball CAUTION Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tu e all stopper is securely in place.
Replace the reservoir cap by screwing it clockwise. Cap should be hand tight.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 3-23 Section 3
Fluid Top Off
Ensure the reservoir cap is at a safe handling temperature before removing.
Remove the reservoir cap by unscrewing it counterclockwise.
chiller
Slowly failure to comply may result in internal spillage.
Note expand when heated.
Note already in the reservoir will temporarily affect the chiller's stability performance.
Before replacing the reservoir cap ensure the reservoir sight tu e CAUTION ball stopper is securely in place.
Reservoir Ball Stopper
Figure 3-9 Reservoir Ball Stopper
3-24 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 4
Section 4 Operation
Deluxe Controller The controller changes temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) algorithm, and is designed with easy to use operator interface.
esc
+
enter -
Figure 4-1 e e ontro er
Press this button to start and stop the chiller.
Press this button to navigate through the controller displays and to increase adjustable values.
- Press this button to navigate through the displays and to decrease adjustable values.
Press these buttons to navigate through the displays.
This button has four functions. Pressing it once allows changes to be made to the display, pressing it again saves the change and allows you to continue to other displays. It is also pressed to clear messages. Depressing and holding the enter button for two seconds before starting the chiller allows you to view and to make changes to the controller settings.
Press this button to abort any changes and at the same time return the controller to its previous display. Aborting a change can only be made before the change is saved.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Initial Start Up Only • Place the circuit protector located on the rear of the chiller to the up position.
• Press the button on the controller.
The controller will display the quick start screen that will allow you the chiller or the copy located after the Table of Contents.
Press the arrows to scroll through and highlight each line of the display. If a change is needed from the factory default value press the enter button.
If the auto restart is enabled and the chiller shuts down as a result of a power failure, when power is restored the chiller will CAUTION automatically restart and operate at the saved values. Consider any possible risks before enabling this mode of operation.
Note The chiller will not automatically restart if the was enabled, see page 4-20. In this case only the controller is powered.
- arrow, or esc button, to leave the quick start display.
In either case the screen will go blank.
If enter was pressed, press to bring up the
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Daily Start Up Before starting the chiller, double check all electrical and plumbing connec- 7
CAUTION Ensure the chiller's castors are locked.
• Ensure the circuit protector located on the rear of the chiller is in the up position.
• Press on the controller, the pump and the refrigeration system will automatically start.
The controller automatically sequences through the following displays:
STATUS DETECTING xxx% xx.x°C
DAILYSTARTUP FLUID LEVEL SETPOINT
HIGH xx.x°C xx gpm xx psi LOW xx.x°C
TEMPERATURE LIMITS FLUID FLOW RATE PRESSURE tion i SETPOINT MENU +24.2 C
Pressure: xxx.x psi roce i Tem er t re i Figure 4-2 i St rt i
If - plays in this section. pump and compressor will automatically start but only after a 30 second delay. added before the compressor will start, see After start up, check the plumbing connections for leaks.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Initial Fill Mode
• Press on the controller.
If the before it will start.
see below.
If the is below the required amount will be dis-
For all chillers, the pump will not start until the level is above 15 . pump purges the system, the chiller will start.
If desired, press compressor.
Note The chiller can be turned ON/OFF using the ACOM and DCOM option in the .
15 1 58 or depending on chiller configuration 5. 87 4. 87
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Process Fluid Temperature Display +24.2 C
. Figure 4-3 roce i Tem er t re i
The and portions on the top of the display are used to
Indicates the chiller is either not running or the
Indicates the chiller is heating up to the setpoint.
Indicates the chiller is cooling down to the setpoint.
The small circle indicates which sensor is controlling the chiller.
- in
internal.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
SETPOINT Note Depressing and holding the enter button for two seconds before starting the chiller allows you to view, as well as make changes to, the set- point.
Press the arrows to highlight .
+24.2 C
.
Press enter and the setpoint value appears. If needed, press enter again and
.
The setpoint range for standard temperature chillers is +5°C to +40°C, 9 24000 the setpoint range is –5°C to +90°C. Press the up and down arrows to change the setpoint to the desired value.
Once the desired value is displayed press the enter button again to
arrow or esc button.
+24.2 C
.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Status Displays The controller can show up to four different messages. Press the down arrow to highlight the bottom of the display.
+24.2 C
.
Press the arrows to scroll through the available displays. Once the desired display is showing press enter again.
Available Displays:
Indicates pump discharge pressure
The arrow at the end of the display indicates which direction you can scroll to get to another display. A display. A means you can scroll up or down.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4 MENU Displays
Note Depressing and holding the enter button for two seconds before starting the chiller allows you to view and to make changes to the settings. 1. Press the arrows to highlight MENU. 2. The controller brings up the Main Menu Display.
+24.2 C . in en i 3. Press the up and down arrows to highlight 4. With the desired option highlighted, press enter the desired option. to display sub-menus.
5. There are various ways to navigate through 6. all the menu options. arrow, or the esc button, on the controller will return you to the previous display.
7. Or, highlight the home icon at the bottom 8. Then press enter to return to the Main Menu of the display. Display.
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
Main Menu Tree allows you to view/change settings, Setpoint xx see page. Note The controller can only the up and down arrows to scroll through and highlight each line. DRAINING opens/ Open Valve closes the optional anti drainback valve, see page 4-20.
allows you to view/change the con- values, see 7
calibrates pressure and optional 8
is used to display alarm messages, 7 and optional DI cartridge - tion 6. - and technicians.
is used to display the information. Press the esc button to return to the Main Menu Display.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4 ACTORY NO YES DEFAULTS Show Quick Start EF RESTOR mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss COMPENSATION OMM - ACOM Y1 Y2 DeI Control Setpoint Interval Warn High Warn Low None NaCl-Water DEI CONTROL TEM P. Remote Start Remote Setpt Temp Out Volts RELA RELA USER RANGE SETTINGS Baud Parity Data Stop Address Serial Type SERIAL COM M- DCOM ANALO GC RESISTIVITY N SPEED High Fault High Warning Low Warning Low Fault On Off On Time Out FA AUTO REFILL RA Line Frequency Audible Alarms Care FLOW Auto Restart Optional Temperature Pressure Flow High Fault High Warning Low Warning Low Fault Low Warning Low Fault High Fault High Warning Low Warning Low Fault High P Delay Low P Delay Setpoint TEMPERATURE FLUID LEVEL PRESSURE UNITS SETTINGS SETTINGS Menu Tree
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
SETTINGS
allows you to view/change settings.
Note and highlight each line.
If a change to a setting is needed, highlight the desired line and then press the enter button. The high-
and , the setting has a sub-menu. Pressing enter will bring up the sub-menu. The sub-menus, shown on the following pages, allow you to view/change the applicable settings.
Lines that are not all capital, e.g., and , indicate the changes can be made directly on the display.
, pressing enter with that line highlighted will toggle between on or in this section for precautions and additional details.
are evel off - -
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
UNITS
If a change to the setting is needed, highlight the desired scale and then press the enter button. The
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
or Scales: Defaults: or or
Setpoint
If a change to the setpoint is needed, highlight and then press the enter button. The highlight
Setpoint Range: 5 to 4 for standard temperature chillers 5 to for high temperature chillers, 5 to 88 for P1 and P2 high temp chillers 5 to 82 with T9 pump Setpoint Default: 2 for all chillers
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
TEMPERATURE
- run, the controller will display a warning message and, if enabled, sound the alarm.
If a change is needed, press the arrows to highlight the desired setting and then press the enter button.
Note You cannot set the value higher than the value. You cannot set the value lower than the value.
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display. High Fault/Warning Range: 2 to 43 for standard temperature chillers 2 to 3 for high temperature chillers 7 to 3 High Fault/Warning Default: 42 for standard temperature chillers 2 for high temperature chillers and Low Fault/Warning Range: 2 to 43 for standard and high temperature chillers 8 to 3 Low Fault/Warning Default: 3 for standard and high temperature chillers 8
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
PRESSURE
- warning setting the chiller will continue to run, the controller will display a warning message and, if enabled, sound the alarm. The delay sets the length of time needed after a pressure fault before the chiller shuts down.
Note until the and lines are visible.
If a change to the setting is needed, press the arrows to highlight the desired pressure and the value. Once the desired setting is displayed press enter to accept the change and stop the
Note You cannot set the value higher than the value. You can- not set the value lower than the value.
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display. High/Low Fault/Warning Range: Pump dependent - see below High/Low Pressure Time Delay Range: to 3 seconds ( to for P3,P5,T9 pumps) High Time Pressure Delay Default: seconds ( seconds for P3,P5,T9 pumps) Low Time Pressure Delay Default: 1 seconds 1 2 1 3 1 5 1 5 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 5 3 32 32 3 4 3 85 85 3 4 5 3 3 5 3 87 87 3 5 5 3 5 5 3 5 2 1 5 1 5 2 5 5 2 1 5 1 5 2 3 1 5 1 5 3 1 2 1 4 1 1 4 3 4 4 4 4 3 5 4 32 32 4 4 4 85 85 4 4 5 4 4 5 4 87 87 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 5 4 1 5 1 5 4 5 5 4 1 5 1 5 4 4 1 5 1 5 4
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
FLUID LEVEL
controller will display a warning message and, if enabled, sound the alarm.
If a change to the setting is needed, press the arrows to highlight the desired line and then press the
Note You cannot set the value lower than the value.
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
Low Warning/Fault Range/Default: Heater dependent - see below
- 1 1 58 - 1 58 2.3 58 - 1 58 5. 87 - 1 87 4. 87 - 1 87 - 1 1 52 - 1 52 2.3 3 52 - 1 3 52 5. 81 - 1 81 4. 81 - 1 81
AUTO REFILL (Optional)
level in the reservoir needed to turn the option on. disables the option.
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display. On % Default: Heater dependent - see below 7 - 1 7 1 7 - 1 7 2.3 7 - 1 7 5. 87 - 1 87 4. 87 - 1 87
Time Out Range: - seconds Time Out Default: 45 seconds 8 7 disables the option.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
FLOW (Optional)
- ceeds the fault setting it will shut down, the controller will display a fault message and, if enabled, sound display a warning message and, if enabled, sound the alarm.
If a change to the setting is needed, press the arrows to highlight the desired line and then press the
Note You cannot set the value higher than the value. You cannot set the value lower than the value.
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
High/Low Flow Fault/Warning Range/Defaults: 1 2 1 . 1 .5 . 3 4 5 . 3 . . 5 . 15. . . 33.5 . This feature is not enabled until the value is changed to something other than 0.0. If the feature is not enabled and the chiller will continue to run and the controller, if dis- : . P 1, T 0 ,T 1, T 5 and T 9 3 P 3 Line Frequency (Optional)
is used to identify the incoming frequency for chillers with a P 3 - P 5 pump and the capability to run on either 5 or fixed high pressure default setting.
Frequency Range: 5 or Frequency Default: are evel off -
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
Auto Restart
is used to turn the auto restart feature on/off. The factory default setting is disabled but it may have been enabled using the quick start procedure.
If the auto restart is enabled and the chiller shuts down as a result CAUTION of a power failure, when power is restored the chiller will automati- cally restart and operate at the saved values. Consider any possible risks before enabling this mode of operation.
Note The chiller will not automatically restart if the was enabled, see page 4-20. In this case only the controller is powered.
indi- cates the status, is enabled, is disabled. In this screen the auto restart is disabled. are evel off -
To change the status highlight the line. Because the indicates disabled and indicates enabled. In this screen the feature is still disabled.
Press the enter key to change the status. In this screen is enabled.
feature is enabled.
Audible Alarms
is used to turn the audible alarm on/off. Use the same procedure described above to enable/ disable the alarms. In this screen the alarms are disabled. are evel off -
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
RA FAN SPEED MODE (ThermoFlex 2500 air-cooled chillers only)
controls the fan speed. allows the fan to run under the conditions 3 allows the fan to run at high speed all the time.
Note
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
Fan Speed Range: or Fan Speed Default:
Care Level
If a change to the level is needed, highlight and then press the enter button. The highlight
Care Level Range: off 1 (1000 hours) 2 (2000 hours) 3 (3000 hours) are evel off Care Level Default: 1 (1000 hours) -
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
SERIAL COMM - DCOM (Optional)
- feature. If a change to the setting is needed, press the arrows to highlight the desired line and then press
Note
Serial Type: off - or erial pe off Baud Range: 48 24 12 3 Parity: or Data Bits: 8 8 Stop Bits: 2 or 1 Unit ID: 1 to 8 If serial communications is enabled a general message will appear.
Note Keypad operation is still available with serial communications enabled. -232
ANALOG COMM - ACOM (Optional)
- feature. Press the arrows to highlight the desired option and then press the enter button. The turn black indicating that option is enabled. Press enter again to turn it off.
When operating a ThermoFlex7500-10000 with the remote sensor enabled ensure CAUTION the chiller's response to lowering the setpoint does not result in operation below 10°C process temperature. Operation below 10°C requires the use of 50/50 EG/ water or 50/50 PG/water.
When an option is enabled a general message will - 1 2 Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
RESISTIVITY (Optional)
Note his option is only available on standard-temp chillers.
- highlighted press
- etpoint cm . nterval cm arn igh cm arn ow cm
Resistivity Range Default .2 to 3. cm Interval .1 to .5 cm Warning High: . to 3.5 cm Warning Low: . to 3.5 cm
With . highlighted press enter to turn compensation off or on.
- . -
When the desired changes are made press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
RESTORE DEFAULTS
restores the controller back to factory default values. A reset is automatically
Press the left arrow, or esc button, to return to the display.
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 4
mm/dd/yy hh:mm:ss
7
Press the arrows to highlight the desired setting. Press - to change the setting. Press enter to accept the change
Show Quick Start
the chiller is started.
With highlighted press enter. - chiller is started. Note If is enabled and power is lost, if auto restart was enabled the chiller will not automatically restart once power is restored. In this case only the controller is powered.
DRAINING (Optional)
opens/closes the optional anti drainback valve. The chiller must be off to drain the valve. Press enter to start the draining. The display will change to . When the draining is com- plete press enter again to close the valve.
Thermo Scientific Thermo e Section 4
Shut Down Press the button.
The controller displays:
With highlighted, press enter.
To protect the compressor the chiller will enter a 5 to 20 second shut - tion system and pump shut down.
The display then goes blank. CAUTION Using any other means to shut the chiller down can reduce the life of the compressor.
Always turn the chiller off and disconnect it from its supply CAUTION voltage before moving. CAUTION The circuit protector located on the rear of the chiller is not intended to act as a disconnecting means.
Thermo e Thermo Scientific Section 5 Options/Accessories
Auto Refill ®
Note 7 3 9 7
Figure 5-1 to efi ittin 3
8
Note
Note
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 5-1 Section 5
Internal DI Note
Cartridge 3 Ω-
Note
Do not use a Deioni ation D filter cartridge with nhi ited E or n- CAUTION hi ited P . D filter will remove inhi itors from the solution rendering the uid ineffective against corrosion protection. lso inhi itors increase uid conductivit . cce ne hite onnector or a e onnector Figure 5-2 ntern rtri e
CAUTION he D artridge will overpressuri e if it is removed from the chiller efore removing the hose fitting.
o e ittin ic i connect Figure 5-3 ittin Note
5-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 5
P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump c in t tin Scre Pressure Relief Valve (Internal Configuration) 8
If the chiller is not plumbed to an application Figure 5-4 t n Scre
+24.2°C
8 . Figure 5-5 re re St t i PSI/KPa 8 -+
Note 3 8
If the chiller is plumbed to an application
CAUTION Do not exceed 1 psi . ar .
/8
Note 3
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 5-3 Section 5
P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump Pressure Relief Valve 8 (External Configuration) tin Scre c in t
If the chiller is not plumbed to an application Figure 5-6 t n Scre
8
+24.2°C
8 . Figure 5-7 re re St t i
Note 8
If the chiller is plumbed to an application
CAUTION Do not exceed 1 psi . ar .
/8
5-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific
Section 5
Flow Control with Flow Readout 9 3 i i r roce Outlet e n e 8
3 3 roce n et Figure 5-8 o ontro 3 9
7 3 9
Note
Figure 5-9 o ontro n e T ic
P 1 P 2 T 0 T 1 Pump Pressure Relief with i i r Flow Readout roce Outlet
r in roce n et Figure 5-10 re re e ie
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 5-5 Section 5
T 5 Pump Flow o Control Anti Drainback
Semiconductor ompliance Equipment and SEM S2 Product Safet ssessment Materials SEM S Ergonomic ssessment International SEM S1 Fire Ris ssessment (SEMI) SEM F
Chillers Emergenc Off EMO
Note
hiller ircuit Brea er nterrupt Rating
5-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 5
oc out/ agout O O
Drip Pan and Drain
r or o e Sei mic Tie o n t ic
A
C B T rn ic i connect ri n r in ittin Figure 5-11 ri n r in
900/1400 2500 3500/5000 7500/10000
1 3 1 A 3 /2 cm cm /8 cm /4 cm 3 11 3 5 B 2 /4 cm /16 cm /4 cm /8 cm 15 9 9 11 /16 cm /16 cm /16 cm /16 cm
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 5-7 Section 5
Seismic ie Downs
her
t
5/16" Bolt her
A C B
Si e ie ront ie Figure 5-12 Sei mic Tie o n
900/1400 2500 3500/5000 7500/10000
11 11 11 A 2 /16 cm /16 cm /16 cm cm 1 cm /16 cm cm cm 11 3 3 7 /16 cm /4 cm /4 cm /16" 69.6 3 1 1 15 /16 cm /4 cm /4 cm /16" 73.4 i t nce et een Sei mic mo ntin ho e
5-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 5
Center of Gravity A B
A
C
To ie Si e ie Figure 5-13 enter o r it enter of ravit 900/1400 P2 Pump 2500 P2 Pump 3500/5000 P2 Pump 7500/10000 P3 Pump
3 3 7 A /4 " cm 12" cm 13 /8" cm 14 /8" cm 3 3 1 B 6 /4" cm 8 /8" cm 9" cm 13 /8" cm 1 1 13 /2" cm 13 /2" cm 17" cm 26" cm
3500/5000 P4 Pump Global Voltage 3 A 12 /8" cm 3 B 9 /4" cm 1 19 /2" cm
enter of ravit 3500/5000 P2 Pump A 13" cm 1 B 9 /2" cm 16" cm
Weight Distri ution 900/1400 P2 2500 P2 3500/5000 P2 7500/10000 P3 e t ront e t e r i ht ront i ht e r
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 5-9 Section 5
Other Accessories ®
ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 6 Preventive Maintenance
Only Thermo Fisher should provide any required replacement parts.
Preventive The ThermoFlex chiller has an integrated preventive maintenance timer that can alert you when it is time to perform preventive maintenance. This unique Maintenance Timer (Care Level) Based on the environment in which your chiller is located, you can choose from four levels of preventive maintenance off, L1, L2, and L3:
• off – Disables the alert • L1 – 1,000 hours - default setting · Heavy manufacturing environment · Airborne particulate created during manufacturing process • L2 – 2,000 hours · Typical production environment • L3 – 3,000 hours · Typically laboratory or research environment
and, if enabled, an audible alarm will sound.
Change/set the level using the controller's menu, see next page.
To clear this message press . This will temporarily clear the alarm until hours must be reset in the menu. Also, if you change your menu.
Note can be changed while the chiller is running. For water-cooled chillers, only the
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 6-1 Section 6
DIAGNOSTIC - OPERATING HOURS
displays the chiller ( is also used to select the preventive maintenance schedule ( and optional - ).
1. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2. Press enter to display: .
3. Highlight the desired item and press enter to bring up one of the displays shown on the right:
4. With highlighted, press enter to reset You cannot reset the chiller's operating hours.
5. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Use the arrow buttons to display the desired care level and then press enter again to stop the 6. The optional - is the operat- ing time needed to display the message. Use the arrow buttons to highlight - . . arrow buttons to display the desired time, from 0 to 9999 hours. Press enter again to stop the -
6-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 6
Fluid Filter Bag particulates into the system.
Note
Before using an uid or performing maintenance where contact WARNING with the uid is li el refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling precautions.
For high temperature chillers ensure the uid is at a safe temperature elow efore handling.
Fluid Bag Filter Funnel Housing When it is time to replace the bag, gently pull up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it and simply pull the bag out of the chiller. Replacement bags are available from
Figure 6-1 Fluid Filter Bag
Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tu e CAUTION all stopper is securel in place see next page.
Fluid Diffuser On ThermoFlex900-5000s, when you remove the bag you will notice a bag replacements turn the chiller off and remove the diffuser to inspect it for debris/damage.
he uid velocit into the reservoir will rapidl increase with the WARNING diffuser removed and cause splashing. urn the chiller off efore removing the diffuser. his is especiall critical when using eth lene or prop lene gl col.
Note CAUTION Do not operate the chiller unless the diffuser is installed.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 6-3 Section 6
Fluid Maintenance An effective recommended maintenance plan would include changing 3 additional information.
Reservoir Cleaning (based on your application) is established.
8
Before using an uid or performing maintenance where contact WARNING with the uid is li el refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling precautions.
For high temperature chillers ensure the uid is at a safe temperature elow efore handling.
Reservoir Sight u e Clean the sight tube by gently pulling up on the plastic funnel housing to remove it (see illustration on previous page) and then gently pulling out the Use caution not to scratch the glass. CAUTION Before replacing the reservoir housing ensure the reservoir sight tu e all stopper is securel in place.
to install it in the sight tube. Wire Mesh Fluid Diffuser
Ball Stopper
Sight Tube
Figure 6-2 Reservoir Cleaning and Diffuser
6-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 6
Condenser Filter
Failure to clean/replace the condenser filter will cause a loss of CAUTION cooling capacit and lead to premature failure of the cooling s stem.
hermoFlex s s
When it is time for a more thorough cleaning, remove the one-piece grill and then pulling it away from the top. WARNING he condenser framing and fins located ehind the grill assem l are ver sharp. se caution when removing the assem l .
Note ThermoFlex900s - 5000s water-cooled chillers have an embedded screw(s) located at the top (and bottom) of the grill securing it to the chiller. Loosen the screw(s) to remove the grill. WARNING Water cooled chillers also have a fan with sharp lades ensure the chiller is off efore removing the assem l .
For water-cooled chillers, tighten the screw(s) at the top (and bottom) of the grill.
Replacement grill assemblies are available from Thermo Fisher.
Screw ThermoFlex3500s - 5000s water-cooled (Water-cooled chillers) chillers have two screws securing the condenser. One screw on the top and one on the bottom.
CAUTION - Sharp edges
Figure 6-3 ThermoFlex900s - 5000s Condenser Grill Removal
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 6-5 Section 6
hermoFlex s 1 s For air-cooled chillers, remove the one-piece grill assembly by pulling the assembly away from the chiller.
Replacement grills are available from Thermo Fisher.
"fast nut"
Figure 6-4 Filter Removal/Replacement ThermoFlex7500s - 10000s Air-Cooled
hermoFlex2 cleaned by removing the eight screws secring the lower-front panel.
Chiller Surface Clean the chiller's surface with a soft cloth and warm water only.
Hoses
6-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 6
Testing the Alarm Using the Setup Loop, adjust each temperature alarm limit towards the setpoint and ensure the chiller reacts accordingly. Reset each alarm limit to Features the desired value. See Section 4.
We recommend slowly draining the chiller to ensure the low level warning 8
DI Filter (Optional)
The controller will display a or a the controllers display, see Section 4. The chiller also has an integrated alarm. The alarm is based on chiller run enabled using the controller's menu.
input the number of hours into the menu. When the time is reached, the and the audible alarm, if enabled, will sound.
To clear this message and stop the audible alarm press .
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 6-7 Section 6
Preventive Maintenance The controller also displays Preventive Maintenance Messages. These messages are based on the component run time and are established to Messages avoid unplanned failures. The chiller will continue to run.
Figure 6-5 Sample PM Message
2
You can press the enter button to clear any message Note the message
6-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 7 Troubleshooting Messages WARNING and FAULT Messages are a result of exceeding one of the controller’s SETTINGS, see Section 4, exceeding a sensor factory preset safety value. or a safety switch is activated. An ERROR Message indicates an unusual condition. In the case of an ERROR or WARNING Message the chiller, if running, will continue to run. Press enter to see if the message clears, a limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. In the enter to clear the display and, message will reappear.
Figure 7-1 Sample Messages Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions uto efill The chiller will continue to • Check for leaks. the minimum operating level will shut down. within the time chosen for the customer adjustable fi (Optional display - only setting. chillers equipped with auto , see Section 4. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. chosen for the customer adjustable fi setting, but the chiller 40 hours. Chiller continues to run. Bad sensor calibration • Redo calibration, see Section 8. detected several seconds after alibration • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. performing a calibration.
Section 7 Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions Chiller will shut down. Fluid in the drip pan. • Check for leaks. (SEMI chillers only) • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Chiller will shut down. External EMO depressed. • When able, reset external EMO.. (SEMI chillers only) Chiller will shut down. Fan motor overload • Allow chiller to cool down. 3 chillers only) activated. • For air-cooled chillers • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Chiller will shut down. Process pressure (P1) • Check application valves and ensure that they have not changed exceeded factory preset value or been closed. Note This error code has priority for greater than 30 seconds. required then add an external pressure regulator accessory - contact over error Preset Values: Thermo Fisher. code. P1,P2,T1,T5 and T9 - 105 psi • May occur as a result of changing the internal DI cartridge. 3 8 Disconnecting the cartridge adds an additional 0.5 GPM to the 3 3 8 87 diameter reductions can affect the pump’s discharge pressure. Note If diameter reductions must be made, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Thermo Scientific Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions igh i ed Chiller will shut down. • Ensure all environmental requirements are met, see Section 3. exceeded the e e emp This error code has priority • Ensure chiller has adequate ventilation, see Section 3. 3 93 over error code. igh emp high-temp chillers chiller Note Chiller will not restart • Ensure that the heat load being applied to the chiller is not too high. Contact Thermo Fisher for assistance on calculating heat loads. 3 93 high-temp chillers • Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into another location using an auxiliary fan. in this Section. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. igh low With a warning message the • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, chiller will continue to run. has exceeded the adjustable the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. With a fault message the setting’s high value. , see Section 4, and adjust setting if necessary. chiller will shut down. • Check all application and plumbing shut off valves for correct (Optional display - only position. chillers chiller • calibration, see Section 8. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Section 7 Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions igh With a warning message The pump’s discharge • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the message clears, Pressure the chiller will continue to pressure exceeded the the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. run. With a fault message adjustable high value. , see Section 4. the chiller will shut down. • Check application valves and ensure that they have not changed or been closed. Note • May occur as a result of changing the internal DI cartridge. reductions can affect the pump’s discharge pressure. Note If diameter reductions must be made, make them at the inlet and outlet of your application, not at the chiller. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. igh Chiller will shut down. Refrigeration suction gas • Make sure supply voltage matches the chiller’s nameplate rating ±10%. emperature • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. igh Chiller will continue to • Press enter to see if the message clears, the limit may have been only esistivit run. exceeded the upper temporarily exceeded. adjustable value. , see Section 4. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Thermo Scientific Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions igh emp With a warning message the • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the message chiller will continue to run. temperature exceeded the clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. With a fault message the adjustable high value. , see Section 4. chiller will shut down. • Ensure tall environmental requirements are met, see Section 3. If the chiller does shut Note • Ensure chiller has adequate ventilation, see Section 3. down it can be restarted provided the temperature chiller is still within the factory- • Ensure that the heat load being applied to the chiller is not too high. Contact Thermo Fisher for assistance on calculating heat loads. reoccur if the temperature • Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into goes below the adjustable another location using an auxiliary fan. setting and then again in this Section. exceeds it. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. P Chiller will shut down. Air-cooled chillers cutout activated. • Ensure that the ambient temperature is not exceeding the recommended range, see Section 3. • Ensure chiller has adequate ventilation, see Section 3. • Bring cooler air in from another area or exhaust the hot air into another location using an auxiliary fan. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Water-cooled chillers • Ensure facility water is on and connected. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Chiller will shut down. or • Allow heater to cool and then remove the small black plastic hear a “click”. . See hec list in this Section. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Section 7 Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions nvalid Chiller will shut down. Invalid level fault. Chiller • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. evel sensed both a high level and nvalid Chiller will continue to run Analog remote setpoint • The error can be cleared only after a valid set point is received, or rem setpt using the last valid setpoint is enabled and the chiller the remote analog setpoint is turned off. received. receives a voltage or current level that is outside the (Optional display - only chiller’s set point range. chillers equipped with Analog Chiller will shut down. Low Level Cutout activated. • Check for leaks. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ocal Chiller will shut down. Chiller’s EMO button • When able, reset chiller’s EMO. depressed. ow i ed Chiller will shut down. chillers • chiller low 9 (Optional display - only • Check all valves in your application and plumbing lines to ensure 8 chillers that they have not changed or closed. seconds. For chillers with a P3, P4 or • calibration to ensure it was done properly, see Section 4. (This error code has priority over ow low below 3.8 GPM for more • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ow i ed Chiller will shut down. • Ensure that the chiller reservoir is not empty. Pressure e e low limit of 2 psi • Chiller requires >2 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass (This error code has priority valve has been installed, some restriction may need to be added to over ow Pressure the bypass line. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Thermo Scientific Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions ow i ed Chiller will shut down. • Check ambient temperature. Chiller may not to be able to reach setpoint emp temperature at low ambient temperatures. If your load is constant, then turn your chiller Note Chiller will not restart below the e e low value of in this Section. exceeds +2°C. +2°C, –8°C for ThermoFlex24000 • Add insulation to external plumbing lines to reduce the heat-loss to the (This error code has priority environment. over ow emp • Ensure that the ambient temperature is not exceeding the recommended range, see Section 3. • For water-cooled chillers check facility water temperature. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ow low With a warning message the • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, the limit chiller will continue to run. may have been only temporarily exceeded. With a fault message the below the adjustable , see Section 4. chiller will shut down. setting’s low value. • chiller (Optional display - only chillers • Check all valves in your application and plumbing lines to ensure that they have not changed or closed. • to ensure it was done properly, see Section 4. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ow evel With a warning message the • Excessive evaporation. Ensure the chiller is operating with the funnel and chiller will continue to run. too low for normal cap in place. With a fault message the operation. • Check for leaks. chiller will shut down. , see Section 4. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Section 7 Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions ow With a warning message the Pump’s discharge pressure is • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the message Pressure chiller will continue to run. below adjustable low setting. clears, the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. With a fault message the , see Section 4. chiller will shut down. • Ensure that chiller reservoir is not empty. • Chiller requires >3 PSIG application pressure drop. If a bypass valve has been installed, some restriction may need to be added to the bypass line. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ow Chiller will continue to run. • Press enter to see if the message clears, the limit may have been esistivit exceeded the lower adjustable only temporarily exceeded. value. , see Section 4. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ow emp With a warning message the • If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the code clears, chiller will continue to run. below adjustable low value. the limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. With a fault message the , see Section 4. chiller will shut down. • Ensure that the ambient temperature is not exceeding the Note If the chiller does recommended low-range, see Section 3. If your application load shut down it can be restarted provided the temperature tolerated, then continue operation. (The ThermoFlex will control is still above the factory-set • Add insulation to external plumbing lines to reduce the heat-loss to the environment. reoccur if the temperature goes above the adjustable • For water-cooled chillers check facility water temperature. setting and then again drops • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. below it. P Chiller will shut down. Low refrigeration pressure • Check for refrigerant leak. cutout switch activated. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Thermo Scientific Faults and Warnings Message Reaction Cause Actions pen D Chiller will shut Internal sensor open. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. down. pen emote Chiller will shut Remote temperature sensor • Check the connections on the rear of the chiller. down. not connected or open. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. ver low Chiller will shut down. condition in the reservoir. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer. Support. horted emote Chiller will shut Remote temperature sensor • Check the connections on the rear of the chiller. down. shorted. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. horted D Chiller will shut Internal sensor shorted. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. down. otor verload Chiller will shut Pump motor exposed to • Allow pump to cool down. down. excessive current due to high • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. (Chiller equipped 3 pump temperature. Phase onitor Chiller will shut Phase rotation is wrong. • Disconnect chiller from power source and reverse any two line down. conductors on the line side of the main circuit breaker. 3 chillers • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Chiller will shut Critical error. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. down.
Section 7 Error Message Reaction Cause Actions s nc ec rr nt Chiller will continue to Communication error • Check the serial communication connection. run. between display and main • Cycle circuit protector on the rear of the chiller off and on. control board. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. us Chiller will continue to Internal communications • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. run. error. us Chiller will continue to Internal communications • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. run. error. 5 Chiller will continue to • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. run. controller memory. P Chiller will continue to No pressure calibration • Perform a pressure calibration, see Section 8. run. stored in controller memory. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. Chiller will continue to No temperature calibration • Perform a temperature calibration, see Section 8. run. stored in controller memory. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. 3 4 Chiller will not start. Bad checksum when chiller is • Press enter to try and clear the message. started. (Normal when new • Try a restart. • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. 5 Chiller will continue to • Contact our Sales, Service and Customer Support. run.
Thermo Scientific Section 7
MESSAGES displays the ten most recent warnings and faults. The date and time each error occurred is shown. The alarm value is also displayed. Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the list of messages. Press enter to show the deletion options, or . Choose to delete the selected error or to delete all errors
1. 2. Press enter and use the arrow buttons to buttons to highlight . highlight .
3. Press enter to display: 4. Highlight the desired type message and press enter again to display:
.
5. If desired, press enter again to display: 6. If is selected press enter again to display:
messages the display will indicate:
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 7-11 Section 7
Checklist Chiller will not start with your chiller the Table of Contents. Ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( ) position. nameplate rating ±10%
Chiller shuts down Ensure Ensure the circuit protector is in the on ( ) position. The chiller is designed to shut down if not properly primed, refer to 3 nameplate rating ±10%. Restart the chiller.
Clearing Messages Note the code in case it clears before you are done troubleshooting.
If desired, silence the audible alarm by pressing enter. If the chiller shut down the controller will continue to display the message. Press enter corrected, start the chiller. If the cause was not corrected the message will reappear. If the chiller is still running press enter to see if the message clears, a limit may have been only temporarily exceeded. If the message does not clear Inadequate pump pressure Ensure any user installed in-line valves are in the desired position. 3 Ensure all connections are secure and that the proper sealant/lubricant
7-12 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 7
Keep the distance between the chiller and the instrument being cooled as short as possible. Ensure tubing is straight and without bends. If diameter reductions are chiller.
hiller will not circulate process uid 3 been installed, a restriction may need to be added to the bypass line. chiller in a high ambient motor to cool down. nameplate rating ±10%.
Inadequate temperature control reservoir will temporarily affect temperature stability performance. Verify the setpoint. high temperature safety. Remove the two small chiller activates again contact us. If the chiller is over-cooling, recycle the power. 3 3 9
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 7-13 Section 7
turned on and off or rapidly changing). If operating at high altitude note that heat removal capacity decreases above sea level. Verify/adjust controller PID values, see next page. Ensure the chiller damaged.
Chiller vibration The optional pressure relief valve setting may be the cause. If it is, contact instructions.
7-14 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 7
TUNING The controller controls temperature using a Proportional-Integral-Derivative (PID) algorithm. Verifying/ PID values may correct the condition. Adjusting the Controller Note Incorrect values will hamper chiller performance. PID Values
1. 2. Press enter and highlight or arrow buttons to highlight . .
Note only appears on chillers
3. Highlight and change the desired values Range: 99 9 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex900-5000 10.0 ThermoFlex7500-10000 20.0 1 . ThermoFlex24000 10.0 .5 integral value, repeats/minute . Range: 9 99 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex900-24000 derivative value, minutes Range: 9 9 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex900-24000 0.0 5. .1 Range: 99 9 . Factory Preset: ThermoFlex1400-24000 integral value, repeats/minute Range: 9 99 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex1400-24000 0.10 derivative value, minutes Range: 9 9 Factory Preset: ThermoFlex1400-24000 0.0
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 7-15 Section 7
7-16 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 8 Additional Information Draining Before using an uid or performing maintenance where contact with the WARNING uid is li el refer to the manufacturer s SDS for handling precautions.
Ensure the uid is elow the safe handling temperature elow efore draining the chiller.
The drain port is located on the rear. There are two different types, depending on the DRAIN Position a suitable pan beneath the drain port. The drain pan must be shallow (under 3½” in height) and have a volume of approximately 3 gallons (6 gallons for ThermoFlex7500 - 24000). Remove the ¼” Male NPT pipe plug or, using 9 a /16 ThermoFlex7500-24000, open the drain valve. This will drain the return line, reservoir, plate exchanger, and the suction side of the pump.
To drain the discharge side of the pump disconnect the Female NPT outlet connection on the rear of the chiller.
ote Internally the chiller employed to minimize the potential for spillage.
If the chiller option, open the valve or remove the drain plug in order to drain the discharge line, see Section 5.
If the chiller menu to open the valve, see Section 4. Opening the valve allows the chiller.
Reinstall ¼” Male NPT pipe plug using a sealant suitable for the wetted materials or chiller.
CAUTION Do not overtighten the fitting. For ThermoFlex7500-24000, close the drain valve.
Riton connector or Brass plug Figure 8-1 Drains
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 8-1 Section 8
Water ooled Draining ThermoFlex1400 - 2500 water-cooled chillers is accomplished by removing the right side panel. Use a Phillips head screwdriver to remove approximately one inch, then lift slightly from the rear to disengage the
The drain for ThermoFlex 3500 and 5000 chillers is located behind the condenser fi ter
The drain for ThermoFlex 7500 and 10000 chilers is located behind the access panel on the o er e t ront o the chi er The ne h t o t rn tener cro he Petcock Valve The drain for ThermoFlex15000-24000 is a ¼ oc te on the re r o the chi er
Figure 8-2 Water-Cooled
7 Install a /16 device. When draining is complete close the valve and replace the panel.
A wet-vac is needed on the facility water inlet connection to thoroughly
8-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 8
CALIBRATION
The ThermoFlex has been designed to minimize the need for calibration. However, if calibration is desired or recommended by our Sales, Service and Customer Support, please use the following procedure. calibrates the temperature ( 1), pressure ( 2 flow ) sensors. Each calibration requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference device. Typically, a 2-point calibration is used. Select which point to calibrate, ow or . Press enter and enter the value as read by the reference device. Press enter. Select . to the right of the value just entered by pressing the down button. Press enter and note that the value now equals the value just entered.
1. Highlight . 2. Press enter and highlight .
. Press enter to display: . Highlight the desired sensor then press enter to display:
1 1 2 ow . flow igh al
urrent
For 1, run the chiller to a suitable high-end calibration point. Place a calibrated reference thermometer in the perform the low-end calibration before doing the high-end. 9 chillers). For 2 adjust the pressure to suitable calibration points. Ensure the pressure is stabilized before calibrating. For flow To restore a selected sensor to the factory values you have two options, and . restores both the controller board and sensor calibration, only restores the board calibration.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 8-3 Section 8
Wetted Materials P 1 P 2 MD 1 and MD 2 Pumps P P and P Pumps 300 Series Stainless Steel 316 Series Stainless Steel Bronze Carbon Carbon Graphite Silicon Carbide Ceramic Fluorocarbon (Viton®) Fluorocarbon (Viton®) Plum ing Polysulfone 300 Series Stainless Steel and 1 Pumps Bronze Stainless Steel AISI 304 Fluorocarbon (Viton®) Bronze ASTM B62 Bronze ASTM B16 Polypropylene Buna N EPDM Buna/Ceramic Brass Buna/Carbon Copper ® Pumps Stainless Steel AISI 304 Nitrile (Buna-n®) Bronze w/monel Carbon Filter ag Buna N Polypropylene Ceramic Pumps ap and Funnel Silicon Brass Acetal Copolymer Stainless Steel AISI 304 Stainless Steel 316, 18-8 Bismuth Bronze Viton an Polyethylene (standard temp chiller) Brass EPDM Pyrex® Riton® Viton®
8-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Section 8
Decommissioning/ Disposal Decommissioning prepares equipment for safe and secure transportation.
a orator rade Eth lene gl col E is poisonous and amma le. WARNING Before disposing refer to the manufacturer s most current SDS for handling precautions. CAUTION Decommissioning must e performed onl ualified dealer using certified e uipment. ll prevailing regulations must e followed.
Consider decommissioning the chiller when:
•
• It no longer meets safety standards
• It is beyond repair for its age and worth
Refrigerant and compressor oil must be recovered from equipment before disposal.
ote Keep in mind any impact your application may have had on the chiller. Direct questions about chiller decommissioning or disposal to our Sales, Service and Customer Support.
Handle and dispose in accordance with the manufacturers specification CAUTION and/or the SDS for the material used.
Shipment/Storage Follow the manufacturer s SDS instructions if decontamination is CAUTION re uired.
ransporting and/or storing the chiller re uires draining see CAUTION Draining in this Section. Store the chiller in the temperature range of 2 to with pac aging and relative humidit .
f the chiller is stored for more than da s it must e ushed with CAUTION clean uid efore operating.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex 8-5 Section 8
8-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Appendix A Country Specific 230 VAC, 50 Hz, 1Ø Requirements
electrical requirements.
1. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 16 Amp service:
Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Argentina, Armenia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bolivia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, Comoros, Congo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Djibouti, DR Congo, Ecuador, Egypt, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Finland, France, French Guiana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guinea, Hungary, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Italy, Ivory Coast, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Latvia, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Madagascar, Mali, Mauritania, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, Nepal, Netherlands, Niger, North Korea, Norway, Paraguay, Peru, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Rwanda, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, San Marino, Sao Tome and Principe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Tajikistan, Thailand, Togo, Tunisia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vatican City, Vietnam.
2. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 15 Amp service:
Australia, China, Fiji Islands, Nauru, New Zealand, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Island, Tonga, Tuvalu.
3. Chillers shipped to the following locations require a 13 Amp service:
Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Botswana, Brunei, Cyprus, Dominica, Gambia, Ghana, Gibraltar, Grenada, Hong Kong, India, Ireland, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Lesotho, Malawi, Malaysia, Maldives, Malta, Mauritius, Myanmar, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Qatar, Saint Lucia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Swaziland, Tanzania, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe.
ThermoFlex A-1 Thermo Scientific Appendix B Voltage Configuration Instructions
ThermoFlex 900 and 1400 chillers equipped with the 115V 60Hz, 100v 50/60Hz Variable Voltage option and ThermoFlex 900 to 5000 chillers equipped with 200-230V 50/60Hz Global Voltage option have a voltage
3 are shipped with the toggle switch in the center SHIP
Note 9 switch is in the SHIP
Access Panel for 3500 - 5000 chillers.
Access Panel for 900 - 2500 chillers.
Variable Voltage chillers
Global Voltage chillers Figure B-1 Variable/Global Voltage Chillers
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex B-1 Appendix C NC Serial Communications Protocol
RS232 RS485 Note Appendix C assumes you have a basic understanding of communications protocols. 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 Connect your PC to the applicable connector on the rear of the chiller. Use the controller, see Section 4, to enable serial communications.
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR Note Keypad operation is still available with serial communications enabled. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
WARNING Never apply line voltage to any of the connections.
Figure C-1 Connectors
All data is sent and received in binary form, do not use ASCII. In the following pages the binary data is represented in hexadecimal (hex) format.
The NC Serial Communications Protocol is based on a master-slave model. The master is a host computer, while the slave is the chiller's controller. Only the master can initiate a communications transaction (half-duplex). The slave ends the transaction by responding to the master’s query. The protocol uses RS-232/RS-485 serial interface with the default parameters: 9600 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity. RS-485 offers a slave address selection, default parameter: 1.
The chiller can be controlled through your computer’s serial port by using the chiller's standard female 9-pin connection. RS-232 COMM RS-485 COMM
Pin # Function Pin # Function 1 No connection 1-7 No connection 2 TX 8 T+ 3 RX 9 T- 4 No connection 5 GND = Signal ground 6 - 9 No connection
TX = Transmitted data from controller RX = Received data to controller. 5 4 3 2 1 Hardware Mating Connector AMP Part# 745492-2 or equivalent 9 8 7 6
Communication cables are available from Thermo Fisher. Contact us for additional information.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-1 Appendix C
All commands must be entered in the exact format shown in the tables on the following pages. The tables show all commands available, their format and responses. Controller responses are either the requested data or an error message. The controller response must be received before the host sends the next command.
The host sends a command embedded in a single communications packet, then waits for the controller’s response. If the command is not understood or the checksums do not agree, the controller responds with an error command. Otherwise, the controller responds with the requested data. If the controller fails to respond within 1 second, the host should resend the command.
Note All byte values are shown in hex, hex represents the binary values that must be sent to the chiller. Do not use ASCII.
The framing of the communications packet in both directions is:
Checksum region Lead char Addr-MSB Addr-LSB Command n d-bytes d-byte 1 ... d-byte n Checksum O�C��O�CC
Lead char 0xCA (RS-232) 0xCC (RS-485) Device address is 1 (RS-232) Addr-msb 3 Addr-lsb 3 Command Command byte (see Table of Commands) n d-bytes Number of data bytes to follow d-byte 1 1st ...... d-byte n nth data byte. Checksum Bitwise inversion of the 1 byte sum of bytes beginning with the the checksum. (To perform a bitwise inversion, "exclusive OR" the one byte sum with FF hex.)
When a command has no value associated with it, (e.g., REQ ACK), “n d-bytes” will be set to 0. Values such controller RAM. generate the proper integer to send.
C-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix C
Analog Values *Qualifier Byte Unit of Measure Index Unit b.7 0 NONE b.6 Precision of measurement 1 Temperature in °C b.5 2 Temperature in °F b.4 3 Flow liters per minute b.3 4 Flow in gallons per minute b.2 Unit of measure index 5 Time in seconds b.1 6 Pressure in PSI b.0 7 Pressure in bars 8 Resistivity in MΩ-cm 98 9 % byte of 0x12 is 98.6°F. 10 Volts 11 Pressure in K Pascals Example to set setpoint to 25°C: 12 Conductivity in
If the temperature units are unknown, before changing the setpoint send a command to request setpoint. The units are already known skip to step 3.
1. Master sends: CA 00 01 70 00 8E (REQ SETPOINT1) 2. Slave responds: CA 00 01 70 03 11 00 C8 B2 (0.1°C x 200) Response indicates: uses a 2 byte integer (nn=03) precision and units are 0.1°C (d1=11) 3. Master sends: CA 00 01 F0 02 00 FA 12 (Set Setpoint 1 to 25.0°C) 4. Slave responds: CA 00 01 F0 03 11 00 FA 00 (0.1°C x 250)
See Additional Command Examples in this Appendix.
Set Commands – When a Set Command is received and the value is within the allowable limits, the new value will take affect immediately and the new value will be returned as part of the response to the command. If the value is outside of the allowable limits, the value will be rejected and the old value will be returned as part of the response to the command.
Error Response F0 - The "Bad Data" and "Bad Checksum" error responses will not be used. Reject out of range values and return old settings. Do not reply to message frames with bad checksums. This behavior is compatible with existing implementations of the protocol.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-3 Appendix C
Table of Commands
Command M: Master Sends Notes S: Slave Responds REQUEST STATUS
REQ ACK M: lc a1 a2 00 00 cs protocol version v1=0; v2=1 S: lc a1 a2 00 02 v1 v2 cs
REQ CONTROLLER SW VER M: lc a1 a2 02 01 d1 cs d1 = 0 Controller SW version in ASCII S: lc a1 a2 02 nn d1 … dn cs d1 = 1 Controller SW checksum
REQ STATUS M: lc a1 a2 09 00 cs see Request Status Table in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 09 nn d1 … dn cs
ERROR M: Response Only! S: lc a1 a2 0F 02 en ed cs ed = Error Data en = Error Number 1: Bad Command See Error in this Appendix
REQUEST MEASUREMENTS
REQ SETPT1 M: lc a1 a2 70 00 cs Process Fluid Setpoint S: lc a1 a2 70 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 10 00 cs Process Fluid Flow S: lc a1 a2 10 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 20 00 cs Process Fluid Supply Temperature (RTD1) S: lc a1 a2 20 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ TEMP2 M: lc a1 a2 21 00 cs Process Fluid Return Temperature (RTD2) S: lc a1 a2 21 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ TEMP4 M: lc a1 a2 23 00 cs Entering Air/Facility Water (RTD4) S: lc a1 a2 23 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ TEMP7 M: lc a1 a2 26 00 cs ThermoFlex 2500 Air-cooled Fan Speed S: lc a1 a2 26 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 28 00 cs Process Fluid Supply Pressure (P2) S: lc a1 a2 28 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 29 00 cs Refrigeration Suction Pressure (P5) S: lc a1 a2 29 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG3 M: lc a1 a2 2A 00 cs Process Fluid Return Pressure (P1) S: lc a1 a2 2A 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG4 M: lc a1 a2 2B 00 cs Condensing Pressure (P6) S: lc a1 a2 2B 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
C-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix C
REQ ANALOG5 M: lc a1 a2 1C 00 cs Facility Inlet Pressure (P7) S: lc a1 a2 1C 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG6 M: lc a1 a2 1D 00 cs Facility Outlet Pressure (P8) S: lc a1 a2 1D 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG7 M: lc a1 a2 1E 00 cs Analog Level (LEV4) S: lc a1 a2 1E 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ ANALOG9 M: lc a1 a2 2F 00 cs +5V Sense S: lc a1 a2 2F 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ REMOTE RTD M: lc a1 a2 1B 00 cs Remote Temperature from Analog Board S: lc a1 a2 1B 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ RES1 M: lc a1 a2 2C 00 cs Process Fluid Resistivity S: lc a1 a2 2C 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQUEST LOW ALARM VALUES
REQ LO FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 30 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 30 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO FLOW3 M: lc a1 a2 32 00 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 32 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 48 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Warning S: lc a1 a2 48 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 49 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Fault S: lc a1 a2 49 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO ANALOG7 M: lc a1 a2 3E 00 cs Level Warning S: lc a1 a2 3E 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO ANALOG8 M: lc a1 a2 3F 00 cs Level Fault S: lc a1 a2 3F 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 40 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 40 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO TEMP2 M: lc a1 a2 41 00 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 41 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ AUTO REFILL ON M: lc a1 a2 45 00 cs Auto refill On Setting S: lc a1 a2 45 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ LO RES1 M: lc a1 a2 4C 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 4C 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-5 Appendix C
REQUEST HIGH ALARM VALUES
REQ HI FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 50 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 50 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI FLOW3 M: lc a1 a2 52 00 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 52 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 60 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 60 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI TEMP2 M: lc a1 a2 61 00 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 61 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 68 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Warning S: lc a1 a2 68 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 69 00 cs Pressure Process Supply Fault S: lc a1 a2 69 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HI RES1 M: lc a1 a2 6C 00 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 6C 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQUEST PID SETTINGS
REQ COOL P M: lc a1 a2 74 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 74 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ COOL I M: lc a1 a2 75 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 75 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ COOL D M: lc a1 a2 76 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 76 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HEAT P M: lc a1 a2 71 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 71 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HEAT I M: lc a1 a2 72 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 72 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
REQ HEAT D M: lc a1 a2 73 00 cs S: lc a1 a2 73 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
C-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix C
SET STATUS SETTINGS
SET KEYSTROKE M: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs See Set Keystroke in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 80 01 d1 cs
SET ON/OFF ARRAY M: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 … dn cs See Set On/Off Array in this Appendix S: lc a1 a2 81 nn d1 … dn cs di: 0 = OFF, 1 = ON, 2 = no change
SET MEASUREMENT
SET SETPT1 M: lc a1 a2 F0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fluid Setpoint S: lc a1 a2 F0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LOW ALARM VALUES
SET LO FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 B0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 B0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO FLOW3 M: lc a1 a2 B2 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 B2 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 C0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 C0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO TEMP2 M: lc a1 a2 C1 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 C1 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 C8 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Warning S: lc a1 a2 C8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 C9 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Fault S: lc a1 a2 C9 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO ANALOG7 M: lc a1 a2 BE 02 d1 d2 cs Level Warning S: lc a1 a2 BE 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO ANALOG8 M: lc a1 a2 BF 02 d1 d2 cs Level Fault S: lc a1 a2 BF 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET AUTO REFILL ON M: lc a1 a2 C5 02 d1 d2 cs When level % drops below this, turn on auto refill S: lc a1 a2 C5 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO RES1 M: lc a1 a2 CC 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 CC 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET LO RES1 M: lc a1 a2 CD 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 CD 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-7 Appendix C
SET HIGH ALARM VALUES
SET HI FLOW1 M: lc a1 a2 D0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 D0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI FLOW3 M: lc a1 a2 D2 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 D2 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI TEMP1 M: lc a1 a2 E0 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 E0 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI TEMP2 M: lc a1 a2 E1 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 E1 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI ANALOG1 M: lc a1 a2 E8 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Warning S: lc a1 a2 E8 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI ANALOG2 M: lc a1 a2 E9 02 d1 d2 cs Pressure Process Supply Fault S: lc a1 a2 E9 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI ANALOG7 M: lc a1 a2 DE 02 d1 d2 cs Level Warning S: lc a1 a2 DE 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI ANALOG8 M: lc a1 a2 DF 02 d1 d2 cs Level Fault S: lc a1 a2 DF 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET AUTO REFILL OFF M: lc a1 a2 E5 02 d1 d2 cs When level % drops below this, turn off auto refill S: lc a1 a2 E5 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI RES1 M: lc a1 a2 EC 02 d1 d2 cs Process Warning S: lc a1 a2 EC 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HI RES2 M: lc a1 a2 ED 02 d1 d2 cs Process Fault S: lc a1 a2 ED 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET PID SETTINGS
SET COOL P M: lc a1 a2 F4 02 d1 d2 cs Cool P Term S: lc a1 a2 F4 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET COOL I M: lc a1 a2 F5 02 d1 d2 cs Cool I Term S: lc a1 a2 F5 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET COOL D M: lc a1 a2 F6 02 d1 d2 cs Cool D Term S: lc a1 a2 F6 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HEAT P M: lc a1 a2 F1 02 d1 d2 cs Heat P Term S: lc a1 a2 F1 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HEAT I M: lc a1 a2 F2 02 d1 d2 cs Heat I Term S: lc a1 a2 F2 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
SET HEAT D M: lc a1 a2 F3 02 d1 d2 cs Heat D Term S: lc a1 a2 F3 03 d1 d2 d3 cs
C-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix C
Request Status Table
nn 4 b0 Chiller Running b0 HTC (High Temperature Cutout) b1 Chiller Faulted b1 LLC (Low Level Cutout) b2 Process Supply RTD open or shorted b2 MOL (Motor Overload) d1 b3 Process Return RTD open or shorted d3 b3 Phase Monitor b4 Suction RTD open or shorted b4 HPC (High Pressure Cutout) b5 Entering Air or Facility Water RTD open or shorted b5 LPC (Low Pressure Cutout) b6 High Temp Error b6 EMO b7 Low Temp Error b7 External EMO
b0 High Pressure Error b0 RA T_MAX (High Temperature) b1 Low Pressure Error b1 Not used b2 High Flow Error (user set able) b2 Auto Refill Valve Open d2 b3 Low Flow Error (user set able) d4 b3 Anti Drainback Valve Open b4 High Level Error b4 Clogged Fluid Filter Fault b5 Low Level Error b5 Temp Fault Startup Bypass b6 Drip Pan fault b6 System Low Flow b7 Auto Refill fault b7 Not used
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-9 Appendix C
Error The slave detected an error in the message it received from the master, so it returns this command instead of echoing the command sent by the master. The slave returns the command it received from the master in the ed byte, and an error code in the en byte.
en Error 1 Bad command – not recognized by slave 2 Reject value and return old setting 3 Do not respond at all
Some errors may not result in any response. The slave ignores incoming bytes until it sees the valid lead character and its slave address. Then it must receive the correct number of bytes (determined by the length byte) before it can respond. If an incomplete frame is received, the slave will time out and clear its input buffer without responding.
Set On/Off Array This command is used to set the state of the chiller on or off. Sending a 0 in the array turns off the chiller while sending a 1 turns it on . Sending a 2 does not change the state of the feature. The array is returned showing the state of each feature after the command has been carried out. Send- ing a 2 effectively turns this command into a request status command. nn 1 d1 Chiller On/Off
Set Keystroke This command is used to affect a keystroke remotely as if someone pressed the button on the controller. Value 0 Null 1 Enter 2 Up/Yes 3 Down/No 4 Esc 5 On/Off 6 Left 7 Right
C-10 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix C
Set Special Command Used for product specific commands, in the ThermoFlex this command configures the analog options (DAC out, Analog in and turns on and off DAC output) CA 00 01 8D nn d1…dn cs Set Special Command Byte Notes d1 Command Byte Indicates what command d2 Description Byte See description below d3 Entered Value if necessary
Command Byte Command Description 00 Set Analog Option 01 Set Resistivity Control (for basic derivatives) 02 Unused
Description Byte Byte Notes b.7 - b.6 Unused b.5 and b.4 Remote DAC output enable 00 = Off, 01 = On, 1x = No Change b.3 - b.2 Configure DAC Output 00h = Volt, 01h = millivolt, 02h = milliamp, 03h = No Change b.1 - b.2 Configure Analog Input 00h = Volt, 01h = millivolt, 02h = milliamp, 03h = No Change
The following command string example enables the DAC output, configures the DAC for millivolts and configures the analog input for voltage: CA 00 01 8D 02 00 14 cs
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex C-11
Appendix D Analog I/0 and Remote Sensor
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Analog I/O Connector Pinout 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Install your analog input/output device to the 15-pin female connector on the rear of the chiller. Analog I/O is activated using the controller, see Section 4.
PIN NAME NOTES DEFINITION 1 DIGITAL GROUND Common round connection for pins 12, 13 and 14 2 RESISTIVITY OUT Optional Analog voltage output 0v = 0 MΩ - cm 10v = 20 MΩ - cm 3 LOW LEVEL Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Only if option chosen) Closes if either level switch is in the “low” position for more than 1 second. 4 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 2 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when any configured fault or warning occurs. 5 PUMP ON Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. Closes when pump is turned on. Opens when pump is turned off. 6 ANALOG GROUND Common for analog signals (pins 2, 7 and 15) 7 RESERVOIR TEMP OUT Note 2 Analog Voltage Output 0-10VDC, 10mV/°C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. OR EXTERNAL SENSOR This voltage output is proportional to the reservoir fluid temperature: TEMPERATURE IF Default scale= 0–10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) EXTERNAL SENSOR Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20°C) (Max Load @ 10V = 5mA) ENABLED or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span (maximum output current = 5mA @10VDC. 8 LOW FLOW Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Only if option chosen) Closes when a low flow occurs while the pump is on. Note: To allow the pump to get up to speed at startup, the pump runs for 3 - 5 seconds before the low flow sensor is read. 9 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Normally Open) Closes when any of the configured faults occur. 10 CONFIGURABLE RELAY 1 Note 1 Dry Relay Contact: Reference to pin 11. (Normally Closed) Complement of pin 9 (open when pin 9 is closed). 11 RELAY COMMON Common for all relay contacts (pins 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10). 12 REMOTE START Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to allow chiller to be remotely turned on/off through pin 14 ENABLE REMOTE START.
Note 1: All relay contacts (except for Pin 10) are normally OPEN when power is off. Pin 10 contacts are normally CLOSED when power is off. Relay contacts are rated: 24V AC/DC, 2A, <= 0.08 Ohm maximum each or 5A total for all relays combined, 1mA minimum, switching capacity: 48VA/48W (Resistive load only). Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC. These ranges are set by the user. Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay).
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex D-1 Appendix D
PIN NAME NOTES DEFINITION 13 REMOTE SETPOINT Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to allow the setpoint to be changed remotely through pin 15 ENABLE REMOTE SETPOINT.
14 REMOTE START Note 3 Connect to pin 1 to turn chiller on. Disconnect to turn chiller off. Note: Pins 1 and 12 must be connected to allow operation from this pin. 15 REMOTE SETPOINT Note 2, 4 Analog Voltage Input 0-10VDC, 10mV/°C, or 4-20mA: Reference to pin 6. Apply a DC voltage to this pin to adjust the setpoint: Default Range = 0 – 10V (where: 0V = Low Temp Span, 10V = Hi Temp Span) (Input Impedance > 600K) Optional Range = 10mV/ OC. (Ex: 200mV = 20°C) (Max Input Voltage = 10VDC, or 4-20mA, 4mA = low temp span, 20 mA = high temp span. Note 1: All relay contacts (except for Pin 10) are normally OPEN when power is off. Pin 10 contacts are normally CLOSED when power is off. Relay contacts are rated: 24V AC/DC, 2A, <= 0.08 Ohm maximum each or 5A total for all relays combined, 1mA minimum, switching capacity: 48VA/48W (Resistive load only). Note 2: Default = 0-10VDC. These ranges are set by the user. Note 3: Connect to digital ground (pin 1) using a low resistance connection (gold contact relay). Note 4: Remote setpoint must be enabled, pin 13
RS232 RS485 WARNING ever appl line voltage to an of the connections. 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 When making your connection to the ThermoFlex Analog I/0 connector, in order to comply with the EMC directive:
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Use a shielded I/0 cable 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Connect the remote end of the cable shield to earth ground.
Connect cable shield to ThermoFlex end connector.
A I/0 15-pin D-sub 15 conductor cable with shield 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
Connect shield to earth ground Connect shield to ThermoFlex connector Figure D-1 Analog I/0 Connector
D-2 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix D
Analog Comm and Con gurable Relays Use the up/down arrows to scroll through the entire menu (only six lines are displayed at a time). When any desired feature is highlighted press enter to select it. Enabled features are indicated by . To change the Remote Setpoint or Temp ANALOG COMM - ACOM Out input type use the up and down arrows until the Remote Sensor input is highlighted. (The left and right arrows have no Remote Start affect in moving the highlight.) Remote Setpt volts RELAY1 Temp Out volts ANALOGLow Level COMM - ACOM RemoteTank Overflow Sensor RemoteDrip Pan Start Full Remote Start RemoteLow Temperature Setpt volts Remote Setpt volts Temp Out volts High Temperature Low Flow Note Enabling analog I/O remote start/stop disables High Flow the chiller’s local controller start/stop capability. and down arrowsLow Resistivity to bring up the desired input: volts, Enabling analog I/O remote also overrides serial mv or maHigh. With Resistivity the desired input displayed press communications start/stop commands. enter againHigh to accept Pressure the change. Low Pressure With RELAY1 or RELAY2 highlighted press enter to bring up theUnit corresponding Fault RELAY display. High- light the desired error(s) and press enter. Enabled errors are indicated byPump/Unit . Shut Off Refrig. Shut Off Note Except for Warning, errors will automatically clear once the conditionLimit Fault is corrected. Warning also requires pressing enter once the condition is corrected. Sensor Fault
RELAY1 RELAY2 Low Level Low Level Tank Overflow Tank Overflow Drip Pan Full Drip Pan Full Low Temperature Auto Refill Error
High Temperature Low Temperature Low Flow High Temperature High Flow Low Flow Low Resistivity High Flow High Resistivity Low Resistivity High Pressure High Resistivity Low Pressure High Pressure Unit Fault Low Pressure Pump/Unit Shut Off Warning Refrig. Shut Off PM Timer Limit Fault Comm Error Sensor Fault Sensor Fault
RELAY2 Thermo Scienti c Low Level ThermoFlex D-3 Tank Overflow Drip Pan Full Auto Refill Error
Low Temperature High Temperature Low Flow High Flow Low Resistivity High Resistivity High Pressure Low Pressure Warning PM Timer Comm Error Sensor Fault Appendix D
USER RANGE SETTINGS This menu allows the you to customize the scaling of the analog input and DAC output to meet the application needs. With USER RANGE SETTINGS highlighted press enter to display:
USER RANGE SETTINGS Voltage Millivolts Current
The ThermoFlex supports three standard analog interface types and defaults to the following scaling:
Voltage �� � 1�� � the operating range of the chiller ��° � 4�° in standard chillers� �° � ��° in high temp chillers� MilliVolts 1�m��°C Current 4ma � ��ma � the operating range of the chiller
D-4 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix D
Voltage (0v – 10v = the operating range of the chiller) High volts 10.0v Low volts 0.0v High temp 40.0° (standard temp chillers), 90.0° (high temp chilers) Low temp 5.0°
With Voltage highlighted press enter to display:
USER VOLTAGE High Volts 10.0 Highlight the desired value and then press enter, the high- Low Volts 0.0 value. Once the desired value is displayed press enter to High Temp 40.0 Low Temp 5.0
These values are used to calculate a gain and offset and are applied to the setpoint input voltage.
�oltageInputGain � �high temp � low temp� � �high �olt � low �olt� �oltageInputOffset � high temp � �high �olt � �oltageInputGain�
The default settings for a high temp chiller will yield the following gain and offset for setpoint input:
�oltageInputGain � ��� � �� � �1� � �� � �.� �oltageInputOffset � �� � �1� � �.�� � �
�ow 1�� will yield a setpoint of ��°. �1� � gain� � offset �1�� � �.�� � � � ��° It could just as easily be configured for other ranges such as: 1� � �� � �° � 1��°. Howe�er the chiller will only recogni�e a set point between �° � ��°.
A separate gain and offset is also be calculated and are applied to the DAC temperature output value.
�oltageOutputGain � �high �olt � low �olt� � �high temp � low temp� �oltageOutputOffset � high �olt � �high temp � �oltageOutputGain�
The default settings for a high temp chiller will yield the following gain and offset for temperature output:
�oltageOutputGain � �1� � �� � ��� � �� � �.117647 �ottageOutputOffset � 1� � ��� � �.117647� � ��.�����
�ow ��° will output 1��. ��� � gain� � offset ���° � �.117647� � ���.������ � 1�.��
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex D-5 Appendix D
The following values are the factory defaults for the millivolt setting that will effectively yield 10mv/°C:
MilliVolts (10mv/°C) High mv 1000.0mv Low mv 0.0mv High temp 100.0° Low temp 0.0°
With Millivolts highlighted press enter to display:
USER MV High MV 1000.0 Highlight the desired value and then press enter, the high- Low MV 0.0 value. Once the desired value is displayed press enter to High Temp 100.0 Low Temp 0.0
These values are used to calculate a gain and offset and are applied to the set point input voltage.
Milli�oltInputGain � �high temp � low temp� � �high m� � low m�� Milli�oltInputOffset � high temp � �high m� � Milli�oltInputGain�
So that the default settings will yield the following gain and offset for set point input:
Milli�oltInputGain � �1�� � �� � �1��� � �� � �.1 Milli�oltInputOffset � 1�� � �1��� � �.1� � �
�ow 1��m� will yield a set point of 1�° � �1�� � gain� � offset�� �1��m� � �.1� � � � 1�.�° � 1�m��°C
Just like voltage the mv range can be set for other ranges.
A separate gain and offset will also be calculated and are applied to the DAC temperature output value.
Milli�oltOutputGain � �high m� � low m�� � �high temp � low temp� Mili�oltOutputOffset � high m� � �high temp � Milli�oltOutputGain�
So that the default settings will yield the following gain and offset for temperature output.
Milli�oltOutputGain � �1��� � �m�� � �1�� � �� � 1� Milli�oltOutputOffse � 1��� � �1�� � 1�� � �
�ow 1�° will output 1��m� ��1� � gain� � offset� �1�° � 1�� � � � 1��m� � 1�m��°C
D-6 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix D
Current (4ma – 20ma = the operating range of the chiller) High ma 20.0ma Low ma 4.0ma High temp 40.0° (standard temp chillers) 90.0° (high temp chillers) Low temp 5.0° With Current highlighted press enter to display:
USER MA High MA 20.0 Highlight the desired value and then press enter, the high- Low MA 4.0 value. Once the desired value is displayed press enter to High Temp 40.0 Low Temp 5.0
Calculating the default gain and offset for set point input for a high temp chiller:
Milli�mpInputGain � �high temp � low temp� � �high ma � low ma� Milli�mpInputOffset � high temp � �high ma � Milli�mpInputGain�
The default settings for a high temp chiller will yield the following gain and offset for setpoint input:
Milli�mpInputGain � ���.� � �.�� � ���.� � 4.�� � �.�1�� Milli�mpInputOffset � �� � ��� � �.1������ � �16.��
�ow ��ma will represent a setpoint of ��° ���.� � �.�1��� � ��16.��� � ��.�°
A separate gain and offset will also be calculated and are be applied to the DAC temperature output value.
Milli�mpOutputGain � �high ma � low ma� � �high temp � low temp� Milli�mpOutputOffset � high ma � �high temp � Milli�mpOutputGain�
The default settings for a high temp chiller will yield the following gain and offset for temperature output:
Milli�mpOutputGain � ���.� � 4.�� � ��� � �� � �.1�������4 Milli�mpOutputOffset � �� � ��� � �.1������ � �.���������
�ow ��° � ��ma temperature output. ��� � �. 1 �������4 � � �. ��������� � ��m a
ote For example a voltage range of 0v – 1v to represent a temperature range of 0° - 150° would not have enough resolution to provide stable readings.
Thermo Scientific ThermoFlex D-7 Appendix D
Remote Sensor Connector Pinout
Table 1
Pin 1 White 2 NA 3 NA 1 2 3 4 5 4 White
5 NA 6 7 8 9 6 NA 7 Red 8 NA 9 Red (4th wire not connected to the control board)
RS232 RS485 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 WARNING ever appl line voltage to an of the connections.
A I/O REMOTE SENSOR 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 When operating a hermoFlex 1 with the remote sensor ena led ensure the chiller s response CAUTION to lowering the setpoint does not result in operation elow 1 process temperature. Operation elow 1 re uires the use of / E /water or / P /water.
Figure D-2 Remote Sensor Connector
D-8 ThermoFlex Thermo Scientific Thermo Scientific Appendix D
Remote Sensor Calibration This procedure requires a running chiller and a calibrated reference thermometer.
Note If it is more convenient, perform the low-end calibration before doing the high-end.
example with water, 40°C and 10°C are typical high and low calibration points.
Place the remote sensor and a calibrated reference thermometer in the high temperature remote reservoir. Ensure
Note The remote sensor menu is accessible by navigating with the up or down arrows after selecting Cal.
Select which point to calibrate, Low or High. Press enter and enter the value as read by the reference device. Press enter. Select Cal. to the right of the value just entered by pressing the down button. Press enter and note that the Current value now equals the value just entered.
1. Highlight CALI RATION. 2. Press enter and highlight CALI RATE.
SET OINT MENU CALI RATE SETTINGS RESTORE ROM AC U TUNING RESTORE ROM RESET CALI RATION IAGNOSTICS IRMWARE VERSION
3. Press enter and scroll down or up to display: 4. Highlight the desired sensor then press enter to display:
remote sensor remote sensor remote setpoint in Low . Cal. temperature out High . Cal. resistivit in resistivit out Current .
Thermo Scienti c ThermoFlex D-9
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
[1] Manufacturer [2] Authorized Representative Thermo Fisher Scientific Thermo Electron LED GmbH 25 Nimble Hill Rd Robert-Bosch-Str. 1 Newington, NH 03801 63505 Langenselbold USA Germany
[3] Product Type ThermoFlex product line of chillers and heat exchangers for process flow applications
[4] Model Name(s) Unit has a 15-digit or 16-digit part numbers defined on pages 2-3 of this document.
[5] Rated Voltage, Rated Frequency Voltage ratings are reflected as part of the Model Name, defined on the following pages of this document.
[6] The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with the relevant Union harmonization legislation:
[7] EC Directives 2014/30/EU Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 2014/35/EU Low Voltage Directive 2011/65/EU RoHS Directive
[8] The object of the declaration described above is in conformity with Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment.
[9] Standards EN 61326-1:2013 EN 61010-1:2010, EN 61010-2-010:2014, EN 61010-2-011:2017 EN 50581:2012
[10] This declaration is valid from the product manufactured after the date. 28 September, 2018
Mark Pearson Global Regulatory Affairs Director Laboratory Products Division Thermo Fisher Scientific
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 1 of 6 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Model and Voltage Number Definition :
Unit has a 15-digit part number consisting of UU C VV PP c XXXXXXX as follows:
UU = unit type can be: 10= TF900 11= TF1400 12= TF2500 13= TF3500 14= TF5000 15= TF7500 16= TF10000 17= TF15000 18= TF20000 19= TF24000
C = Cooling type and Temperature Range where: A/C= Air-cooled, W/C-Water-cooled
1 - A/C Std Temp 5-40C, 2 - A/C Hi Temp 5-90C 3 - W/C Std Temp 5-40C 4 - W/C Hi Temp 5-90C
5 - A/C Temp -5 to 90C 6 - W/C Temp -5 to 90C 7 - A/C Temp -5 to 40C 8 - W/C Temp -5 to 40C
A - Hi Temp No Cooling B - A/C Temp -5 to 55C C - W/C Temp -5 to 55C
VV = Voltage Ratings: Single Phase: Three Phase: 10 = 115V/60Hz, 100V/50Hz 17 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz 11 = (100/115V)/60Hz, (100/115V)/50Hz 18 = 400V/50Hz 12 = (208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz 20 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, (200-230V)/50Hz 16 = 230V/50Hz 21 = 460V/60Hz, 400V/50Hz 20 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, (200/230V)/50Hz
PP = Pump type, can be 10 through 40 inclusive.
c = Controller type. Can be any digit from 1-8, inclusive.
X = Any digit from 0-9, used as sequential numbering only.
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 2 of 6 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
16-digit part number consisting of UU C V P c XXXXXXXX defined as follows:
UU = unit type can be: 10= TF900 11= TF1400 12= TF2500 13= TF3500 14= TF5000 15= TF7500 16= TF10000 17= TF15000 18= TF20000 19= TF24000
C = Cooling type and Temperature Range where: A/C= Air-cooled, W/C-Water-cooled
1 - A/C Std Temp 5-40C 2 - A/C Hi Temp 5-90C 3 - W/C Std Temp 5-40C 4 - W/C Hi Temp 5-90C
5 - A/C Temp -5 to 90C 6 - W/C Temp -5 to 90C 7 - A/C Temp -5 to 40C 8 - W/C Temp -5 to 40C
A - Hi Temp No Cooling B - A/C Temp -5 to 55C C - W/C Temp -5 to 55C D - W/C Temp 5 to 80C
V = Voltage Ratings: Single Phase: Three Phase: 1 = 115V/60Hz, 100V/50Hz 5 = (200/208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz 2 = (100/115V)/60Hz, (100/115V)/50Hz 6 = 400V/50Hz 3= (208/230V)/60Hz, 200V/50Hz 8 = 460V/60Hz, 400V/50Hz 4 = 230V/50Hz 7 = (200-230V)/60Hz, (200-230V)/50Hz
P = Pump type, can be 0-9 or A-Z.
c = Controller type. Can be any digit from 1-6, inclusive.
X = Any alphanumeric character 0-9 or A-Z.
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 3 of 6 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
DE) [1] Hersteller - [2] Bevollmächtigter Vertreter - [3] Produkttyp - [4] Modellbezeichnung(en) - [5] Nennspannung, Nennfrequenz – [6] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erklärung erfüllt die einschlägigen Harmonisierungsrechtsvorschriften der Union:: [7] EG-Richtlinien - [8] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erklärung erfüllt die Vorschriften der Richtlinie 2011/65/EU des Europäischen Parlaments und des Rates vom 8. Juni 2011 zur Beschränkung der Verwendung bestimmter gefährlicher Stoffe in Elektro- und Elektronikgeräten: [9] Normen - [10] Diese Erklärung gilt für die nach diesem Datum hergestellten Produkte. [10] Diese Erklärung gilt für das Produkt mit folgender Seriennummer und Herstellungsdatum
FR) [1] Fabricant - [2] Représentant agréé - [3] Type de produit - [4] Désignation(s) du modèle - [5] Tension nominale, Fréquence nominale – [6] L’objet de la déclaration décrit ci-dessus est conforme à la législation d’harmonisation de l’Union applicable : [7] Directives européennes - [8] L’objet de la déclaration décrit ci-dessus est conforme à la directive 2011/65/UE du Parlement européen et du Conseil du 8 juin 2011 relative à la limitation de l’utilisation de certaines substances dangereuses dans les équipements électriques et électroniques . [9] Normes - [10] La présente déclaration est valable à partir de la date de fabrication du produit. [10] La présente déclaration est valable pour le produit portant le numéro de série et la date de fabrication suivants. IT) [1] Produttore - [2] Rappresentante autorizzato - [3] Tipo di prodotto - [4] Nomi dei modelli - [5] Tensione nominale, Frequenza nominali – [6] L’oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra è conforme alla pertinente normativa di armonizzazione dell’Unione [7] Direttive CE - [8] L’oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra è conforme alla direttiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio dell’8 giugno 2011, sulla restrizione dell’uso di determinate sostanze pericolose nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche [9] Standard - [10] Questa dichiarazione è valida dal prodotto costruito dopo la data. [10] Questa ichiarazione è valida per il prodotto con i seguenti numero di serie e data di produzione ES) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante autorizado - [3] Tipo de producto - [4] Modelos - [5] Tensión nominal, Frecuencia nominal - [6] El objeto de la declaración descrita anteriormente es conforme con la legislación de armonización pertinente de la Unión: [7] Directivas CE - [8] El objeto de la declaración descrito anteriormente es conforme a la Directiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo, de 8 de junio de 2011, sobre restricciones a la utilización de determinadas sustancias peligrosas en aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos [9] Normas - [10] Esta declaración es válida para el producto fabricado después de la fecha. [10] Esta declaración es válida para el producto con el siguiente número de serie y fechade manufactura. PT) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante Autorizado - [3] Tipo de Produto - [4] Nome(s) do Modelo - [5] Tensão Nominal, Frequência Nominal – [6] O objeto da declaração acima descrito está em conformidade com a legislação de harmonização da União aplicável: [7] Directivas da CE - [8] O objecto da declaração acima mencionada está em conformidade com a Directiva 2011/65/UE do Parlamento Europeu e do Conselho, de 8 de Junho de 2011, relativa à restrição do uso de determinadas substâncias perigosas em equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. [9] Normas - [10] Esta Declaração é válida para o produto fabricado após a data. [10] Esta Declaração é válida para o produto com o seguinte número de série e data de fabrico NL) [1] Producent - [2] Gemachtigd vertegenwoordiger - [3] Producttype - [4] Modelnaam/namen - [5] Nominale spanning, nominale frequentie – [6] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is in overeenstemming met de desbetreffende harmonisatiewetgeving van de Unie: [7] EC-richtlijnen - [8] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is conform Richtlijn 2011/65/EU van het Europees Parlement en de Raad van 8 juni 2011 betreffende beperking van het gebruik van bepaalde gevaarlijke stoffen in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur: [9] Normen - [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor de producten die zijn geproduceerd na deze datum. [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor het product met het volgende serienummer en productiedatum. PL) [1] Producent - [2] Autoryzowany Przedstawiciel - [3] Typ produktu - [4] Nazwa(y) modelu - [5] Napięcie znamionowe , częstotliwość znamionowa -[6] Wymieniony powyżej przedmiot niniejszej deklaracji jest zgodny z odnośnymi wymaganiami unijnego prawodawstwa harmonizacyjnego: [7] dyrektywy KE - [8] Opisany powyżej przedmiot deklaracji jest zgodny z dyrektywą Parlamentu Europejskiego i Rady 2011/65/UE z dnia 8 czerwca 2011 r. w sprawie ograniczenia stosowania niektórych niebezpiecznych substancji w sprzęcie elektrycznym i elektronicznym: [9] Standardy - [10] Deklaracja ta jest ważna dla wyrobów wyprodukowanych po dacie.[10] Niniejsza deklaracja jest ważna dla produktu z następującym numerem seryjnym oraz datą produkcji. CS) [1] Výrobce - [2] Autorizovaný zástupce - [3] Typ produktu - [4] Názvy modelů - [5] Jmenovité napětí, jmenovitý kmitočet – [6] Výše popsaný předmět prohlášení je ve shodě s příslušnými harmonizačními právními předpisy Unie: [7] Směrnice ES - [8] Výše popsaný předmět prohlášení je ve shodě se směrnicí Evropského parlamentu a Rady 2011/65/EU ze dne 8. června 2011 o omezení používání některých nebezpečných látek v elektrických a elektronických zařízeních: [9] Normy - [10] Toto prohlášení o shodě platí od data výroby produktu. [10] Toto prohlášení o shodě platí pro produkt s následujícím výrobním číslem a datem výroby.
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 4 of 6 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
DE) [1] Hersteller - [2] Bevollmächtigter Vertreter - [3] Produkttyp - [4] Modellbezeichnung(en) - [5] Nennspannung, Nennfrequenz – [6] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erklärung erfüllt die einschlägigen Harmonisierungsrechtsvorschriften der Union:: [7] EG-Richtlinien - [8] Der oben beschriebene Gegenstand der Erklärung erfüllt die Vorschriften der Richtlinie 2011/65/EU des Europäischen Parlaments und des Rates vom 8. Juni 2011 zur Beschränkung der Verwendung bestimmter gefährlicher Stoffe in Elektro- und Elektronikgeräten: [9] Normen - [10] Diese Erklärung gilt für die nach diesem Datum hergestellten Produkte. [10] Diese Erklärung gilt für das Produkt mit folgender Seriennummer und Herstellungsdatum
FR) [1] Fabricant - [2] Représentant agréé - [3] Type de produit - [4] Désignation(s) du modèle - [5] Tension nominale, Fréquence nominale – [6] L’objet de la déclaration décrit ci-dessus est conforme à la législation d’harmonisation de l’Union applicable : [7] Directives européennes - [8] L’objet de la déclaration décrit ci-dessus est conforme à la directive 2011/65/UE du Parlement européen et du Conseil du 8 juin 2011 relative à la limitation de l’utilisation de certaines substances dangereuses dans les équipements électriques et électroniques . [9] Normes - [10] La présente déclaration est valable à partir de la date de fabrication du produit. [10] La présente déclaration est valable pour le produit portant le numéro de série et la date de fabrication suivants. IT) [1] Produttore - [2] Rappresentante autorizzato - [3] Tipo di prodotto - [4] Nomi dei modelli - [5] Tensione nominale, Frequenza nominali – [6] L’oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra è conforme alla pertinente normativa di armonizzazione dell’Unione [7] Direttive CE - [8] L’oggetto della dichiarazione di cui sopra è conforme alla direttiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento europeo e del Consiglio dell’8 giugno 2011, sulla restrizione dell’uso di determinate sostanze pericolose nelle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche [9] Standard - [10] Questa dichiarazione è valida dal prodotto costruito dopo la data. [10] Questa ichiarazione è valida per il prodotto con i seguenti numero di serie e data di produzione ES) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante autorizado - [3] Tipo de producto - [4] Modelos - [5] Tensión nominal, Frecuencia nominal - [6] El objeto de la declaración descrita anteriormente es conforme con la legislación de armonización pertinente de la Unión: [7] Directivas CE - [8] El objeto de la declaración descrito anteriormente es conforme a la Directiva 2011/65/UE del Parlamento Europeo y del Consejo, de 8 de junio de 2011, sobre restricciones a la utilización de determinadas sustancias peligrosas en aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos [9] Normas - [10] Esta declaración es válida para el producto fabricado después de la fecha. [10] Esta declaración es válida para el producto con el siguiente número de serie y fechade manufactura. PT) [1] Fabricante - [2] Representante Autorizado - [3] Tipo de Produto - [4] Nome(s) do Modelo - [5] Tensão Nominal, Frequência Nominal – [6] O objeto da declaração acima descrito está em conformidade com a legislação de harmonização da União aplicável: [7] Directivas da CE - [8] O objecto da declaração acima mencionada está em conformidade com a Directiva 2011/65/UE do Parlamento Europeu e do Conselho, de 8 de Junho de 2011, relativa à restrição do uso de determinadas substâncias perigosas em equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. [9] Normas - [10] Esta Declaração é válida para o produto fabricado após a data. [10] Esta Declaração é válida para o produto com o seguinte número de série e data de fabrico NL) [1] Producent - [2] Gemachtigd vertegenwoordiger - [3] Producttype - [4] Modelnaam/namen - [5] Nominale spanning, nominale frequentie – [6] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is in overeenstemming met de desbetreffende harmonisatiewetgeving van de Unie: [7] EC-richtlijnen - [8] Het hierboven beschreven voorwerp is conform Richtlijn 2011/65/EU van het Europees Parlement en de Raad van 8 juni 2011 betreffende beperking van het gebruik van bepaalde gevaarlijke stoffen in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur: [9] Normen - [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor de producten die zijn geproduceerd na deze datum. [10] Deze verklaring is geldig voor het product met het volgende serienummer en productiedatum. PL) [1] Producent - [2] Autoryzowany Przedstawiciel - [3] Typ produktu - [4] Nazwa(y) modelu - [5] Napięcie znamionowe , częstotliwość znamionowa -[6] Wymieniony powyżej przedmiot niniejszej deklaracji jest zgodny z odnośnymi wymaganiami unijnego prawodawstwa harmonizacyjnego: [7] dyrektywy KE - [8] Opisany powyżej przedmiot deklaracji jest zgodny z dyrektywą Parlamentu Europejskiego i Rady 2011/65/UE z dnia 8 czerwca 2011 r. w sprawie ograniczenia stosowania niektórych niebezpiecznych substancji w sprzęcie elektrycznym i elektronicznym: [9] Standardy - [10] Deklaracja ta jest ważna dla wyrobów wyprodukowanych po dacie.[10] Niniejsza deklaracja jest ważna dla produktu z następującym numerem seryjnym oraz datą produkcji. CS) [1] Výrobce - [2] Autorizovaný zástupce - [3] Typ produktu - [4] Názvy modelů - [5] Jmenovité napětí, jmenovitý kmitočet – [6] Výše popsaný předmět prohlášení je ve shodě s příslušnými harmonizačními právními předpisy Unie: [7] Směrnice ES - [8] Výše popsaný předmět prohlášení je ve shodě se směrnicí Evropského parlamentu a Rady 2011/65/EU ze dne 8. června 2011 o omezení používání některých nebezpečných látek v elektrických a elektronických zařízeních: [9] Normy - [10] Toto prohlášení o shodě platí od data výroby produktu. [10] Toto prohlášení o shodě platí pro produkt s následujícím výrobním číslem a datem výroby.
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 5 of 6 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
EL) [1] Κατασκευαστής - [2] Εξουσιοδοτημένος αντιπρόσωπος - [3] Είδος προϊόντος - [4] Ονομασία μοντέλου - [5] Ονομαστική τάση, Ονομαστική συχνότητα – [6] Ο στόχος της δήλωσης που περιγράφεται παραπάνω είναι σύμφωνος με τη σχετική ενωσιακή νομοθεσία εναρμόνισης:: [7] Οδηγίες ΕΚ - [8] Το ανωτέρω περιγραφόμενο αντικείμενο της δήλωσης είναι σύμφωνο με την οδηγία 2011/65/ΕΕ του Ευρωπαϊκού Κοινοβουλίου και του Συμβουλίου, της 8ης Ιουνίου 2011, σχετικά με τον περιορισμό της χρήσης ορισμένων επικίνδυνων ουσιών σε ηλεκτρικό και ηλεκτρονικό εξοπλισμό: [9] Πρότυπα - [10] Η παρούσα δήλωση ισχύει για το κατασκευασμένο προϊόν μετά την ημερομηνία. [10] Η παρούσα δήλωση ισχύει για το προϊόν με τον ακόλουθο σειριακό αριθμό και την ημερομηνία κατασκευής GA) [1] Monaróir - [2] Ionadaí údaraithe - [3] Cineál Táirge - [4] Ainm (neacha ) Samhail - [5] Rátáil Voltage , Minicíocht Rátáil - [6] Tá cuspóir an dearbhaithe a bhfuil tuairisc air thuas i gcomhréir le reachtaíocht ábhartha an Aontais maidir le comhchuibhiú: [7] Treoracha CE - [8] Tá cuspóir an dearbhaithe a bhfuil tuairisc air thuas i gcomhréir le Treoir 2011/65/AE ó Pharlaimint na hEorpa agus ón gComhairle an 8 Meitheamh 2011 maidir le srian ar shubstaintí guaiseacha áirithe a úsáid i dtrealamh leictreach agus leictreonach [9] Caighdeáin - [10] Tá an dearbhú bailí ón táirge a mhonaraítear i ndiaidh an dáta sin.[10] Tá an dearbhú bailí ar feadh an táirge foirgníochta an sraithuimhir leanas agus dáta monaraithe HR) [1] Proizvođač - [2] Ovlašteni zastupnik - [3] Vrsta proizvoda - [4] Naziv(i) modela - [5] Nazivni napon, nazivna frekvencija – [6] Predmet navedene izjave u skladu je s mjerodavnim zakonodavstvom Unije o usklađivanju: [7] Direktive EZ-a - [8] Gore opisan predmet izjave u skladu je s Direktivom 2011/65/EU Europskog parlamenta i Vijeća od 8. lipnja 2011. o ograničavanju uporabe određenih opasnih tvari u električnoj i elektroničkoj opremi: [9] Norme - [10] Ova izjava vrijedi za proizvod proizveden nakon navedenog datuma.[10] Ova izjava vrijedi za proizvod sa sljedećim serijskim brojem i datumom proizvodnje RO) [1] Producător - [2] Reprezentant Autorizat - [3] Tipul Produsului - [4] Nume model(e) - [5] Tensiune nominală, Frecvenţa nominală – [6] Obiectul declarației descris mai sus este în conformitate cu legislația relevantă de armonizare a Uniunii: [7] Directive CE - [8] Obiectul declarației descris mai sus este conform Directivei 2011/65/UE a Parlamentului European și a Consiliului din 8 iunie 2011 privind restricțiile de utilizare a anumitor substanțe periculoase în echipamentele electrice și electronice: [9] Standarde - [10] Această declaraţie este valabilă pentru produsele fabricate după data curentă. [10] Această declaraţie este valabilă pentru produsul cu următorul număr de serie şi următoarea dată de fabricaţie HU) [1] Gyártó – [2] Meghatalmazott képviselő – [3] Terméktípus – [4] Modell(ek) neve – [5] Névleges feszültség, névleges frekvencia – [6] A fent ismertetett nyilatkozat tárgya megfelel a vonatkozó uniós harmonizációs jogszabálynak: [7] EC-irányelvek – [8] E nyilatkozat fent leírt tárgya összhangban van az egyes veszélyes anyagok elektromos és elektronikus berendezésekben való alkalmazásának korlátozásáról szóló, 2011. június 8-i 2011/65/EU európai parlamenti és tanácsi irányelvvel: [9] Szabványok – [10] Jelen nyilatkozat a megadott dátum után gyártott termékekre érvényes. [10] Jelen nyilatkozat a következő sorozatszámú és gyártási dátumú termékre érvényes. BG) [1] Производител - [2] Оторизиран представител - [3] Тип продукт - [4] Име на модел - [5] Номинално напрежение, Номинална честота – [6] Предметът на декларацията, описан по-горе, отговаря на съответното законодателство на Съюза за хармонизация: [7] Директиви на ЕО - [8] Обектът на декларацията, който е описан по-горе, е в съответствие с Директива 2011/65/ЕС на Европейския парламент и на Съвета от 8 юни 2011 г. относно ограничението на употребата на определени опасни вещества в електрическото и електронното оборудване: [9] Стандарти - [10] Тази декларация е валидна за продуктите, произведени след датата. [10] Тази декларация е валидна за продукта със следния сериен номер и дата на производство. ZH) [1] 制造商 - [2] 授权代表 - [3] 产品类型 - [4] 型号 - [5] 额定电压、额定频率 – [6] 上述声明对象符合相关欧盟协调法 规 [7] 欧盟指令 - [8] 上述声明对象符合欧洲议会和欧盟理事会2011年6月8日关于在电气和电子设备中限制使用某 些有害物质的指令2011/65 / EU [9] 标准 - [10] 本声明自产品制造之日起生效。 [10] 本声明适用于具有下述序列号和制 造日期的产品。
Form 094233-Q REV 19 July 2017 Page 6 of 6 WARRANTY (excluding MD 1/MD 2 Magnetic Drive and P 1/P 2 Positive Displacement pumps which are warranted for 12 months)
Thermo Fisher Scientific 168 Third Avenue Waltham, Massachusetts 02451 United States www.thermofisher.com